Download the catalogue (PDF) - Anordica

anordica.se

Download the catalogue (PDF) - Anordica

Severstal-metiz

Product

Catalogue


© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006.

Wire

We are glad to present you our comprehensive

product catalogue.

We hope you will find here everything you are

searching for!

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Low-carbon steel wire 4

Medium- & high-carbon steel wire 32

Netting 93

Ropes 106

Nails 159

Fasteners 191

Chains 196

Calibrated 199

Please note that, in early 2006, we acquired two

additional plants in order to further augment our

product range and amplify your satisfaction:

Dneprometiz in Ukraine and Carrington Wire in U.K.

Their products are not represented in this issue of

the catalogue. Please, contact us for additional

information of the specific product range.

If you have any questions about our products or wish

to receive more specific information, please contact:

JSC Severstal-metiz (Headquarters)

1/33, 50-letiya Oktyabrya St.

Cherepovets, Vologda region, 162600 Russia

Phone: +7 8202 53 81 60 / 53 92 46

Fax: +7 8202 53 88 55 / 53 93 49

infdms@severstalmetiz.com

s_semenov@severstalmetiz.com

www.severstalmetiz.com

Marketing and Sales Department

Phone: +7 8202 53 91 91 / 53 92 46

Fax: +7 8202 53 95 67 / 53 93 49

infdms@severstalmetiz.com

s_semenov@severstalmetiz.com

2


Wire


Low-carbon steel wire

Raw materials and processing techniques

The raw material for high-tensile wire is wire rods or

bars with a diameter range 5.0 – 10.0 mm, made of the

following low-carbon steel grades:

• st0, 1kp, 1ps, 1sp, 2kp, 2ps, 2sp, 3kp, 3ps, 3sp to

TU 1) 14-1-5283-94 “Wire rods from quality carbon

steel for wire drawing”;

• 05kp, 08kp, 08ps, 08, 10kp, 10, 20 to GOST

1050-88 “Cold-formed and cold-finished bars and

rods with special surface finish from quality

structural carbon steel”;

• SAE 1006, SAE 1008 by ASTM A 510M;

• Sv08, Sv08A, Sv08AA, Sv08GA, Sv10GA to

TU 14-1-4760-89 “Wire rods from carbon steel

for electrode-making and arc-welding wire

production”;

• Sv08G2S to TU 14-1-2203-77 “Wire rods from

alloy and high-alloy steel for arc-welding wire

production”.

The chemical composition of the processed steel grades is given

in Table 1.

Steel grade

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

C Mn Si

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Low-carbon steel wire is produced with a diameter

range 0.25 – 8-8 mm, using multiple cold drawing

and heat treatment technique. Alternation of these

operations is defined by the requirements and

specifications on the finished products.

Dimensions and tolerances are given in each standard

for a specific wire type.

The wire is shipped in bundles with a weight of up to

120 kg, in super-sized bundles with a weight of up to

1300 kg, and in rosette coils with a weight of up to

1000 kg.

The overall dimensions and weight of wire bundles are given

in Table 2.

Elements mass percent, %

LOW-CARBON STEEL WIRE

Grades and chemical composition of the low-carbon steel Table 1.

Ph S Cr Ni Cu

not exceeding

St0 not exc. 0.23 – – 0.070 0.060 – – –

St1kp 0.06 – 0.12 0.25 – 0.50 not exc. 0.05 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St1ps 0.06 – 0.12 0.25 – 0.50 0.05 – 0.15 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St1sp 0.06 – 0.12 0.25 – 0.50 0.15 – 0.30 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St2kp 0.09 – 0.15 0.25 – 0.50 not exc. 0.05 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St2ps 0.09 – 0.15 0.25 – 0.50 0.05 – 0.15 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St2sp 0.09 – 0.15 0.25 – 0.50 0.15 – 0.30 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St3kp 0.14 – 0.22 0.30 – 0.60 not exc. 0.05 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St3ps 0.14 – 0.22 0.40 – 0.65 0.05 – 0.15 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St3sp 0.14 – 0.22 0.40 – 0.65 0.15 – 0.30 0.040 0.050 0.30 0.30 0.30

St05kp not exc. 0.06 not exc. 0.40 not exc. 0.03 0.035 0.040 0.10 0.30 0.30

St08kp 0.05 – 0.12 0.25 – 0.50 not exc. 0.03 0.035 0.040 0.10 0.30 0.30

St08ps 0.05 – 0.11 0.35 – 0.65 0.05 – 0.17 0.035 0.040 0.10 0.30 0.30

St08 0.05 – 0.12 0.35 – 0.65 0.17 – 0.37 0.035 0.040 0.10 0.30 0.30

Table 1 continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

4


Lowcarbon

steel wire

Grades and chemical composition of the low-carbon steel Cont. table 1.

Steel grade

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

C Mn Si

Elements mass percent, %

Ph S Cr Ni Cu

not exceeding

10kp 0.07 – 0.14 0.25 – 0.50 not exc. 0.07 0.035 0.040 0.15 0.30 0.30

10 0.07 – 0.14 0.35 – 0.65 0.17 – 0.37 0.035 0.040 0.35 0.30 0.30

20 0.17 – 0.24 0.35 – 0.65 0.17 – 0.37 0.035 0.040 0.35 0.30 0.30

T not exc. 0.11 not exc. 0.50 not exc. 0.05 0.045 0.050 0.15 0.20 0.20

Sv08 not exc. 0.10 0.35 – 0.60 not exc. 0.03 0.040 0.040 0.15 0.30 0.25

Sv08A not exc. 0.10 0.35 – 0.60 not exc. 0.03 0.030 0.030 0.12 0.25 0.25

Sv08AA not exc. 0.10 0.35 – 0.60 not exc. 0.03 0.020 0.020 0.10 0.25 0.25

Sv08GA not exc. 0.10 0.80 – 1.10 not exc. 0.06 0.030 0.025 0.10 0.25 0.25

Sv10GA not exc. 0.12 1.10 – 1.40 not exc. 0.06 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.30 0.25

Sv8G2S 0.05 – 0.11 1.80 – 2.10 0.70 – 0.95 0.030 0.025 0.20 0.25 0.25

Wire bundle characteristics Table 2.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Weight, kg,

not exceeding

Parameters of bundle, rosette coil

Outer

diameter,

mm

Inner diameter,

mm

Bright wire (without coating)

0.25 – 0.45 10 200

0.40 – 0.80 20 250

0.90 – 1.40 60 350

1.40 – 6.00 120 550

Height,

mm

0.90 – 1.40 1300 630 – 810 350 560

1.78 – 2.45 1300 630 – 810 400

2.45 – 6.00 1300 630 – 810 410, 450, 500, 550 500

Zinc-coated wire

Packing

Corrugated cardboard box

Soft containers:

paper, fabric,

nonwoven fabric, film,

polypropylene

0.40 – 0.80 15 240 – 260 170 – 190 Corrugated cardboard box

0.90 – 1.60

exceeding

1.60

50 380 – 420

not less than 250 500 – 550 360 (cardboard spool) 800 – 1100

80 680 – 720 480 – 520

500 – 1000 800 – 900

360, 480

(cardboard spool)

360, 450

(without cardboard

spool)

Symbolic notations used in the catalogue:

Ch – Cherepovets Plant

O – Oryol Plant

V – Volgograd Plant

LOW-CARBON STEEL WIRE

800 – 1100

Soft containers:

paper, fabric,

nonwoven fabric, film,

polypropylene

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

5


Low-carbon

general-purpose steel wire

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3282-74

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

LOW-CARBON GENERAL-PURPOSE STEEL WIRE

Application area:

Lowcarbon

steel wire

The wire is intended for nails, bailing, fencing

and other domestic products manufacture.

The wire is classified depending on:

• treatment: heat-treated (annealed) or not

heat-treated;

• coating: without coating or zinc-coated.

Characteristics:

Mechanical properties are given in Table 3 on the

next page. Steel grades should be selected with respect

to a diameter of the finished wire, see Table 4 on the

next page.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

6


Lowcarbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties Table 3.

Wire diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tolerance

on

diameter,

mm

Tensile strength, N/mm 2 Elongation δ 100 , %,

not less than, for

heat-treated wire

Not heat-treated Heat-treated

Group I Group II

Without

coating

With

coating

Without

coating

With

coating

0.25 -0.02 690 – 1370 690 – 1370 290-490 340 – 540 15 12

from 0.28 up to 0.36 incl. -0.03 690 – 1370 690 – 1370 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 0.36 « 0.45 « -0.04 690 – 1370 690 – 1370 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 0.45 « 0.60 « -0.04 690 – 1270 690 – 1180 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 0.60 « 1.00 « -0.05 690 – 1270 690 – 1180 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 1.00 « 1.20 « -0.06 590 – 1270 690 – 1180 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 1.20 « 2.00 « -0.10 590 – 1180 690 – 980 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 2.00 « 2.50 « -0.12 590 – 1180 690 – 980 290 – 490 340 – 540 15 12

« 2.50 « 3.20 « -0.12 540 – 1080 640 – 930 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 18

« 3.20 « 3.60 « -0.16 440 – 930 640 – 930 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 18

« 3.60 « 4.50 « -0.16 440 – 930 590 – 880 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 18

« 4.50 « 6.00 « -0.16 390 – 830 490 – 780 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 18

« 6.00 « 7.50 « -0.20 390 – 830 490 – 780 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 –

8.00 -0.20 390 – 780 490 – 780 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 –

from 8.00 up to 8.80 incl. -0.20 390 – 690 440 – 690 290 – 490 340 – 540 20 –

Recommendations

on steel grades selection Table 4.

Wire diameter, mm Steel grade

0.25 – 2.2 05kp, 08kp, Sv08, T, SAE 1006, SAE 1008

2.5 – 4.0 1kp, 1ks, 1sp, 2kp, St0, T, 3kp, 3ps

4.5 – 8.8 1kp, 1ps, 2kp, 2ps, 3kp, 3ps, St0

LOW-CARBON GENERAL-PURPOSE STEEL WIRE

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

7


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

LOW-CARBON GENERAL-PURPOSE STEEL WIRE

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Packing Table 5.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Weight, kg,

max

Coil sizes

Outer diameter,

mm

Inner

diameter,

mm

Bright

Height, mm

Wrapping

0.3 – 0.45 10

200 – Wooden or cardboard containers with

weight of up to 1000 kg,

0.45 – 0.80 20

not specified

250 –

or soft wrapping

0.80 – 1.60 60 350 –

1.60 – 5.00

6.00 – 8.00

120 550 –

1000 (coil) 800 400 500

250 650 –

1000 (coil) 800 400 500

Galvanized

0.40 – 0.80 25 – min. 140 –

0.80 – 1.40

1.60 – 4.00

60 –

800

(rosette coil)

100 (coil)

800

(rosette coil)

not

specified

500 – 750 min. 350

550 – 900

min. 450

min. 350

not

specified

Soft wrapping:

polypropylene laminated hose

No wrapping

Wooden or cardboard containers with

weight up to 1000 kg, or soft wrapping

Soft wrapping:

polypropylene laminated hose

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

8


Annealed wire in

rosette (orbit) coils

GOST 1) 3282-74

Application area:

For the wrapping of recycled materials (paper,

plastic, aluminum cans).

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance, mm

1.60 – 2.00 -0.10

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile

Stength,

N/mm 2

Elongation, %,

no less than

2.00 – 2.50 -0.12 15

2.50 – 3.20 -0.12 300 – 490 20

3.20 – 3.60 -0.16 20

3.60 – 4.00 -0.16 20

Packing:

baling bands are used at 4 points,

shipping rings are possible.

Shipping package:

doubled rosette coils (two rosette coils weighing

250 – 350 kg each), baling bands are used at 4

points, shipping rings are possible.

15

ANNEALED WIRE IN ROSETTE (ORBIT) COILS

Outer Ø, 790 ± 30 mm

Inner Ø,

400 ± 20 mm

Rosette coils weight, kg

250 – 800

(averaged 600)

Inner

diameter,

mm

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties Table 6.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Outer

diameter,

mm

400 790

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

9


Polygraphic wire

GOST 1) 7480-73

Application area:

The wire is intended for stitching up polygraphic, fair

and cardboard products.

Two types of polygraphic wire are available:

• without coating

• zinc-coated.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties Table 7.

Wire diameter,

mm

0.50

Packing:

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Bead diameter,

mm

3.50

0.56 3.50

0.60 3.50

0.70 690 – 880

3.50

0.80 5.00

0.90 5.00

Fold test

Number of folds,

not less than

1.20 7.50 10

The wire is shipped in bundles or spools of a weight

of 15 – 20 kg, packed in a corrugated cardboard box

with a total weight of up to 1000 kg.

POLYGRAPHIC WIRE

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

6

10


Quality low-carbon wire

GOST 1) 792-67 Ch

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of machine parts

and elements; it can be also used as a cable lead.

Two types of wire are available:

• without coating

• zinc-coated.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties Table 8.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerances,

mm

0.5 ±0.03

0.8

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2 , minimum

KS KO

390 360

Mechanical properties

Number of bends on

180°, min

Tested with a tie.

In this case tensile

strength is not less

than 50% of usual

tensile strength while

testing without a tie

±0.04

1.0 9

1.2 7

1.4 16

1.6 13

1.8

2.0 11

2.2 ±0.07

10

2.6 9

QUALITY LOW-CARBON WIRE

Number of

twists 360°,

min

3.0 9 14

3.6

4.0 9

±0.08

4.5 8

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

12

30

25

20

18

16

6 13

5.0 6 9

11

11


Wire is shipped in coils Table 9.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Minimal inner

diameter, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Weight, kg

Minimal inner

diameter, mm

KS KO

QUALITY LOW-CARBON WIRE

Weight, kg

0.5 – 0.8 140 5 – 25 180 5 – 20

1.0 – 1.4 Not specified 20 – 50 270 20 – 60

1.6 – 4.5

500 40 – 140

450 20 – 100

4.5 – 5.0 600 40 – 150

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

12


Low-carbon galvanized wire

for muzzle (muselet)

manufacture

TU 1) 14-4-1128-81

Application area:

The wire is intended for muzzle manufacture

(wire bridle on the corks of champagne bottles)

using cold-bending technique.

The finished wire is heat-treated and hot-dip

galvanized.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

LOW-CARBON GALVANIZED WIRE FOR MUZZLE (MUSELET) MANUFACTURE

Wire diameter, mm Tolerance on diameter, mm

Packing:

Tensile strength, N/mm 2 ,

not exceeding

Elongation δ 100 , %,

not less than

1.0 +/- 0.02 290 – 470 15

The wire is manufactured in rosette coils with a

weight of up to 800 kg.

The wire is shipped in bundles of a weight of 45 kg,

which are packed into a corrugated cardboard box

with a total weight of up to 1000 kg.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Table 10.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 6.

13


Polymer-coated wire

TU 1) 14-178-290-95 and TU 14-178-351-98

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties Table 11.

Wire-base Wire-base

∅, mm

Annealed

Not

annealed

1) TU = Technical Specification

2) GOST = Russian State Standard

Diameter

of coated

wire, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tolerance

on ∅, mm

2.2 3.2 +/- 0,06

2.7 3.7 +/- 0,08

3,4 4.4 +/- 0,10

1.8 2.5

2.0 2.8

Each rosette coil can contain up to 2 welds with no

polymeric coating for a length of up to 100 mm.

Welds are marked with paper.

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

TU 14-178-351-98

340 – 540

TU 14-178-290-95

POLYMER-COATED WIRE

Application area:

The wire is intended for woven wire cloths and

mesh-structures manufacture.

The wire is made from general-purpose

carbon wire to GOST 2) 3282-74.

Coating – HDPE (high-density polyethylene)

with UV-protective coating. PVC free.

Coating color – green RAL 6005.

Coating types:

• polymer only

• zinc EN 10244 class D + polymer

• zinc EN 10244 class A + polymer

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Elongation

δ 100 , %,

Not less

than 12

+0.12 500 – 700 –

Polymeric coating

properties

Maintains integrity

when folding in loop

so long as the

inner diameter

of a loop does not

exceed the nominal

wire diameter

Maintains integrity

when folding in loop

so long as the

inner diameter

of a loop does not

exceed the nominal

wire diameter

Packing: Shipped in rosette coils:

Zinc coating

surface density

requirements

EN 10244

Class D

or

EN 10244

Class A

• rosette weight 250 – 500 kg

• outer diameter 800 – 900 mm

• inner diameter not less than 360 mm

• height not more than 1000 mm

Baling bands are used in 4 points, shipping rings are

possible.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


14


Mono-basic barbed wire

GOST 1) 285-69

Zinc surface density Table 12.

Wire component Diameter, mm

Packing:

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Zinc surface

density, g/mm 2 ,

not less than

1 class

Line 2.8 70

Barb 2.0 50

Shipped in bundles of a weight of up to 35 kg.

Application area:

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

���



�������

MONO-BASIC BARBED WIRE

The wire is intended for fencing manufacture of different types.

• made from low-carbon steel

• corrosion-resistant due to zinc coating with

passivating layer

Barbed wire structure is given on the drawing.


���



�����

����

Note: angles α, β and γ – not less than 30°

dimension a – not less than 2.8 mm

b – not less than 2.3 mm

h – not less than 17 mm

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

�����

15


Di-basic barbed wire

TU 1) 14-178-276-95

Application area:

The wire is intended for fencing and impediments

manufacture for construction and military aims.

The barbed wire consists of two twisted strands (line

wire) with two or four barbs set at equal distances

(see drawing).

Geometries of the di-basic barbed wire are given in Table 13.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Di-basic barbed wire geometries Table 13.

Barbed wire component parameter Parameter value

Line wire diameter, mm 2.0; 2.2; 2.5; 2.7; 2.8

Barbing wire diameter, mm 1.8; 2.0

Distance between barbs, mm, not less than 75; 100; 125; 150

Barb length, mm, not less than 13

Barbs fold angle, degree not less than 30

The line wire is made from heat-treated wire

GOST 3282-74 with a tensile strength not less than

350 N/mm 2 , with or without zinc coating. The line

wire withstands not less than five twists of 180°.

The barbing wire is made from non-heat-treated

wire GOST 3282-74 with a tensile strength not

exceeding 1180 N/mm 2 , with or without zinc coating.

Barb turning is possible, but not exceeding 30˚.

The wire is wound round the base with 1 3/4 or 2 1/4

turns. Zinc surface density of line and barbing wire is

not less than 50 g/m 2 , the wire is dipped at least once,

with a dipping duration of 60 seconds.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

���

���

DI-BASIC BARBED WIRE

�����

Note: angles α, β and γ – not less than 30°



16


Arc welding and electrode-

making steel wire

GOST1) Ch, O, V

2246-70

Application area:

The wire is intended for arc welding and electrode

making.

The wire is manufactured in the following steel

grades: Sv08, Sv08A, Sv08AA, Sv08G2S, Sv08GA.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

ARC WELDING AND ELECTRODE-MAKING STEEL WIRE

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties Table 14.

Wire diameter, mm Steel grade Tensile strength, N/mm 2

0.3 – 5.5 Sv08, Sv08A, Sv08AA, Sv08GA Not specified

0.8 – 1.5

882 – 1323

1.6 882 – 1274

Sv08G2S

2.0 784 – 1176

2.0 – 5.0 686 – 1029

Packing Table 15.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

0.8 – 1.6 Coils 20 – 60 not less than 270

0.8 – 1.6 Cassettes 15 – 20 –

1.0 – 2.0 Coils 80 not less than 350

2.5 – 5.0

Super-size

coils

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

not exc.

1000

Soft packing

(paraffin paper and packing fabric; laminated rustpreventing

paper; Ch – inhibited laminated paper)

Water- and moisture proof polyethylene packs

and cardboard boxes

Soft packing

(paraffin paper and packing fabric; laminated rustpreventing

paper; Ch – inhibited laminated paper)

not less than 380 Polypropylene

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

17


Lowcarbon

steel wire

Cold-drawn low-carbon steel

wire for concrete reinforcement

GOST1) Ch, V, O

6727-80

Application area:

Mechanical properties

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

COLD-DRAWN LOW-CARBON STEEL WIRE FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

The wire is intended for reinforcement of concrete

constructions.

The wire is manufactured with die-rolled section,

class Vr -1.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Wire diameter,

mm

Packing

Breaking

strength,

kgs

Yield strength,

kgs

Elongation %,

min

Table 16.

Linear density,

kg

3.0 400 355 2.0 0.052

4.0 720 630 2.5 0.092

5.0 1085 985 3.0 0.144

Table 17.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm

3.0 – 5.0 Super-size coils Not exc. 1000 Not less than 380

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

18


Three-side die-rolled section

reinforcing steel BST 500M

DIN 488 Ch

Application area:

The wire is intended for concrete reinforcement.

Die-rolled section contains three rows of sloping

lugs, one of them in the opposite direction. The wire

is tagged on one of the rows with a horizontal lug,

the wire is marked with horizontal lug being of

constant frequency with a pitch of 240 – 540 mm.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Geometries of reinforcing steel

Profile

number

(nominal

diameter, d)

Height of lug,

mm,

min

The wire is shipped in rosette coils or in super-sized

coils of a weight of up to 1000 kg.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

THREE-SIDE DIE-ROLLED SECTION REINFORCING STEEL BST 500M

Pitch of lug,

mm

Width of lug

at the top,

mm

Smooth part,

mm

Table 18.

Weight of

1 running

meter, kg

4 0.30

0.40 – 0.80


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

COLD-DRAWN LOW-CARBON STEEL FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Cold-drawn low-carbon steel

for concrete reinforcement

TU 1) 14-1-5248-94 Ch

Application area:

The wire is intended for concrete reinforcement.

It is produced with three-side die-rolled section.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Geometries of reinforcing steel Table 24.

Profile

number

(nominal

diameter, d)

Mechanical properties Table 25.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Height of lug,

mm,

min

Pitch of lug,

mm

Width of lug

at the top,

mm

Smooth part,

mm

Weight of

1 running

meter, kg

4 0.30

0.40 – 0.80


Galvanized steel wire for

conductor cables armoring

GOST1) Ch, V, O

1526-81

Application area:

The wire is intended for conductor cables armoring.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE FOR CONDUCTOR CABLES ARMORING

Depending on its purpose and zinc surface density, the width is divided into the following groups:

• ST – for standard environment;

• SE – for severe environment.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties Table 20.

Wire

diameter,

mm

0.3

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

340 – 540

The wire is shipped in coils. The wire of diameter

range 0.8 – 3.0 mm can be manufactured in rosette

coils on customer’s demand.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Elongation

δ 200

%, min

Coiling on cylindrical core

Core diameter

to wire diameter

ratio

Number of

coils

Zinc surface density,

g/m 2 , min

Group

ST

Group

SE

0.4 4

25 76

0.8

150

9

1.0 60 170

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

6

25 46

0.5 30 90

0.6

6

45 120

1.2 200

1.4 75 215

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.8

3.0

13

80 230

90

240

260

120 275

4.0 135 290

21


Packing

∅, mm Packing

0.3 – 0.8

1.0 – 4.0

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE FOR CONDUCTOR CABLES ARMORING

Bag paper, non-woven fabric, corrugated

cardboard covered with a bag paper

Table 21.

Soft packing on request: bundles in films, rosette

coils in polypropylene

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

22


Galvanized steel wire for

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE FOR OVERHEAD COMMUNICATION LINES

Lowcarbon

steel wire

overhead communication lines

GOST1) Ch, O

1668-73

Application area:

The wire is intended for overhead communication lines.

The wire is manufactured from the telegraph steel

grade «T».

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

Remark: diameter 1.5 – 2.0 mm – heat-treated;

diameter 2.5 – 4.0 mm – not heat-treated

Packing

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2 , min

Elongation

δ 200 ,%,

min

Number of

folds, min

Zinc surface density,

g/m 2 , min

Table 18.

class 1 class 2

1.5

6 70 50

640 –

2.0 8 80 60

2.5

90 70

3.0 360 10 –

90 90

4.0 110 100

Specific

resistance, max.

0,138

Om*mm 2 /m

under 20°C

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

1.5 – 4.0

Bundle 20 – 100

Rosete coils not exc. 800

not less than

450

not less than

350

Table 23.

Non woven fabric + crepe paper;

film packing – on demand

On demand – soft packing in

polypropylene

Table 22.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

23


Low-carbon wire for fibre

manufacture

TU 1) 14-178-370-99 Ch

Application area:

The wire is intended for fibre manufacture.

Bright.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties Table 26.

Accuracy class

1) TU = Technical Specification

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2 , min

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Yield strength,

N/mm 2 ,

min

LOW-CARBON WIRE FOR FIBRE MANUFACTURE

Relative

elongation δ 5 ,

%, min

A-400C 480 400 14

A-500C 550 500 12

The wire is shipped in super-sized coils of a weight

of up to 1000 kg which are put on wooden pallet.

No wrapping.

Mechanical properties Table 27.

∅, mm

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2 , min

Number of

folds, min

1.0 – 1.2 1100 – 1300 4

The wire is shipped on spools or in super-sized coils

of a weight of up to 1000 kg.

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

24


Low-carbon wire for netting

TU1) Ch, O

14-4-1563-89

Application area:

The wire is intended for netting manufacture.

Wire is distinguished by the following types:

• non heat-treated: without coating, zinc-coated

• heat-treated: bright, black, zinc-coated.

Zinc-coated wire can be of 2 groups:

• group L

• group C

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

LOW-CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

Mechanical properties of non heat-treated wire Table 28.

Wire diameter,

mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2 , min

1.2 1270

1.4

1.6

1.8

Number of folds,

min

Zinc surface density,

g/m 2 , min

for bright and zinc-coated wire Group L Group C

1180

2.0 6

2.5 10 70 120

3.0 980

4

8

6

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties heat-treated wire Table 29.

∅, mm

4.0 830

5.0 690 8

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Relative elongation,

δ 100 , %,

min

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

50

80

75

90

135

155

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Without coating Zinc-coated

Relative elongation,

δ 100 , %,

min

0,20 – 0.40

25

16

290 – 440

340 – 540

0.40 – 2. 80 20 15

25


The wire is shipped:

• in coils of a weight of up to 80 kg (bright and

zinc-coated);

• in super-sized coils of a weight of up to 1000 kg

(diam. 1.8 – 5.0 mm non heat-treated).

On customer’s demand: zinc-coated wire of

diameter 0.8 – 3.60 mm can be manufactured in

rosette coils of a weight of up to 800kg.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Zinc surface density for heat-treated wire Table 30.

∅, mm

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Elongation, δ 100 , %,

min

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Without coating Zinc-coated

Elongation, δ 100 , %,

min

0.20 – 0.40

25

16

290 – 440

340 – 540

0.40 – 2. 80 20 15

∅, mm

0.20 – 0.30 10

0.32 – 0.37 15

Zinc surface density, g/m 2

Group L Group C

Not less than

20

0.40 – 0.45

20

0.50 – 0.56 30

0.6 – 0.65

0.7

30

0.71 – 0.8 35

0.9 – 1.0 40

1.1 – 1.60

1.8

2.0

50

2.2 60

35

40

75

90

2.5 – 2.8 70 120

Table 31.

LOW-CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

26


Galvanized binding wire for

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Lowcarbon

steel wire

overhead communication lines

GOST1) Ch, O

15892-70

Application area:

The wire is intended for cables fastening to insulators

and joining of separate ends of a linear wire.

The manufactured wire is classified by zinc coating in

two classes.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

GALVANIZED BINDING WIRE FOR OVERHEAD COMMUNICATION LINES

Mechanical properties Table 32.

Wire

diameter,

mm

1.00

Diamter

tolerance,

mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Tensile

strength σ v ,

N/mm 2

Mechanical properties Zinc coating

Elongation

δ 200 , %

Number

of folds

Number

of twists

Zinc surface

density, g/m 2 ,

min

Not less than Class 1 Class 2

8 12 50

1.20 15 15

1.40 ±0,06 290 – 490 12 10 17

2.00 15 20 80

2.50 21 22 70 90

On customer’s demand the wire can be manufactured

in rosette coils of a weight of up to 800kg.

Minimal

inside

diameter of

a coil, mm

Weight

of a

coil, kg

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

60

60

Not

specified

20 – 50

450 20 – 100

27


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE FOR CONDUCTOR CABLES ARMORING

Galvanized steel wire for

conductor cables armoring

TU 1) 14-4-1845-99 Ch

Mechanical properties Table 33.

Wire

diameter,

mm

1.20

1.40

1.60

1.80

2.00

2.20

2.40

2.50

2.60

2.80

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

-0.12

The wire is shipped in coils.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Mechanical properties

Tensile strength σ v ,

N/mm2

340 – 540

Elongation

δ 200 , %,

min

Zinc surface

density

g/m 2 ,

min

3.00 100

4.00 - 0.16 110

Wire diameter, mm

Minimal inside diameter of

a coil, mm

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

9

13

Weight of a coil kg,

min

1.20 – 1.40 Not specified 20 – 50

1.60 – 4.00 450 20 – 100

Table 34.

60

80

90

28


Low-carbon wire for staples

manufacture

TU 1) 1211-288-00187211-99 O

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of furniture

staples.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

LOW-CARBON WIRE FOR STAPLES MANUFACTURE

Mechanical properties Table 35.

Wire diameter, mm Tensile strength, N/mm 2 Number of folds,

min

0.9 490 – 830

1.0

1.20

1.50

1.80

The wire is shipped in coils.

1) TU = Technical Specification

490 – 880

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

6

29


Structural carbon steel wire

GOST 1) 17350-91 O

The wire is made of the steel grades 08 kp, 10,

10 ps, 10 kp, 15, 15 kp, 15 ps, 20, 20 kp, 20 ps with

a chemical composition according to GOST 1050 – 88.

The wire is produced with a diameter range

∅ 0.32 – 6.0 mm and classified by its strength into 2

groups.

Chemical composition of the wire is given in Table 1.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

STRUCTURAL CARBON STEEL WIRE

Mechanical properties Table 36.

Wire

diameter,

mm

0.32 – 0.75

0.8 – 1.0

1.1-2.0

2.1 – 3.0

3.1 – 5.0

The wire is shipped in coils.

Packed in paper and wrapped with polymer film or

fabric.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

08 kp 10, 10 ps, 10 kp 15, 15 ps, 15 kp, 20, 20 ps

Gr. 2 Gr. 1 Gr. 2 Gr. 1 Gr. 2 Gr. 1


min

490 640 540 640 590

440

590

590

390 440 490

5.3 – 6.0 340 390 440

Lowcarbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

490

540

30


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

LOW CARBON WIRE 10, 10KP, 15

Lowcarbon

steel wire

Low carbon wire 10, 10kp, 15

TU 1) 14-4-132-88 V

The wire of Ø 1.5 – 6.0 mm is made from steel grades

10 and 10KP.

The wire of Ø 1.8 and 3.0 mm – from steel grade 15.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

1.5

1.7

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

1,5 Coils

300

not less than

exceeding

Coils 60

450

1,5

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

not less than

430

Elongation

5%

not less than

Table 37.

Number of

twists,

not less than

1.8 -0.06

780 7

2.0

2.95 -0.05 6

3.0 -0.06

3.5 -0.08 8

9

3.95 -0.05

430

4.0 -0.08 5

4.4 -0.08

4.43 -0.05 9

5.0 -0.08

6.0 -0.08 5

The wire of interim diameters can be delivered on

customer’s demand.

Wire out-of-roundness should not exceed half of

diameter tolerance.

Table 38.

Covered with preservative oil

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

3

The wire of diameter Ø 2.95, 3.0, 3.5, 3.95 and 4.0 mm

is shipped calibrated on customer’s demand with tensile

strength ranges 430 – 640 N/mm 2 without tests on

elongation and twists.

31


Steel grades and chemical composition

of medium- and high-carbon steels

Standard

(GOST 1) ,

TU 2) )

GOST

1050-88

TU 14-1-5317-95

GOST

10702-78

GOST

14959-79

GOST

10543-98

GOST 1435-99

commission

goods

Steel

grade

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

C Mn

20 0.17 – 0.24 0.35 – 0.65

35 0.32 – 0.40

45 0.42 – 0.50

50 0.47 – 0.55

55 0.52 – 0.60

0.30 – 0.60

20 0.17 – 0.24 0.35 – 0.65

60 0.57 – 0.65

65 0.62 – 0.70

70 0.67 – 0.75

75 0.72 – 0.80

80 0.77 – 0.85

85 0.82 – 0.90

10 0.07 – 0.14

15 0.12 – 0.19

20 – 45 0.17 – 0.50

0.40 – 0.70

0.30 – 0.60

not exc.

0.60

Elements, percent (%), by mass

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Si P S Cr Ni Cu

Not exceeding

0.17 – 0.37 0.035 0.040 0.15 0.15 0.20

0.370 (high-quality rope)

0.450 (quality rope)

65G 0.62 – 0.70 0.90 – 1.20 0.17 – 0.37

65 – 85 0.62 – 0.90 0.50 – 0.70 0.17 – 0.37

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

0.025 (high-quality rope)

0.030 (quality rope)

0.025 (high-quality rope)

0.030 (quality rope)

0.20 0.035 0.040

0.025 (high-quality rope)

0.035 (quality rope)

0.025 (high-quality rope)

0.035 (quality rope)

0.10 0.10

0.15

0.25

32

0.10 (high-quality rope)

0.15 (quality rope)

0.15 0.20

0.12 0.25 0.20

30CrMnSiA 0.25 – 0.35 0.80 – 0.12 0.80 – 0.12 0.025 0.025 0.80 – 0.12 0.40 0.20

U7A 0.65 – 0.74

U8A 0.75 – 0.84

U9A 0.85 – 0.94

U10A 0.95 – 1.04

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

2) TU = Technical Specification

OVERVIEW

Table 1.

0.17 – 0.28 0.17 – 0.33 0.025 0.018 0.20 – 0.40 0.25 0.25


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

OVERVIEW

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Chemical composition of electrode-making wire Table 2.

Steel grade C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Ti

sv08Mn2Si 0.05 – 0.11 0.7 – 0.95 1.8 – 2.1

sv08Mn1Si

not exc.

0.11

0.8 – 1.1 1.4 – 1.7

not exc.

0.2

not exc.

0.1

not exc.

0.25

not exc.

0.1

– –

– – –

0.01

sv10MnA

not exc.

not exc.

0.06

1.1 – 1.4

not exc.

not exc.

0.3

– – –

sv10MnNi

sv10MnNiA

0.12

0.15 – 0.35 0.9 – 1.2

0.2

0.9 – 1.2






sv04Ni2MnTiA

sv04Ni3MnMoTiA

not exc.

0.05

not exc.

0.20

1.3 – 1.6

not exc.

2.0 – 2.4

2.4 – 2.8


0.2 – 0.3

sv08MnSiNiTiA

not vexc.

0.10

0.6 – 0.9 1.4 – 1.8

0.3

0.8-1.2 –

0.05 – 0.12

N O S P

not less than

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

0.015


0.025 0.03

0.005 0.012 0.015

sv08CrNi2MnMoTiA 0.06 – 0.11 0.12 – 0.3 0.8 – 1.1 0.25 – 0.45 2.1 – 2.5 0.25 – 0.45 – 0.20 0.025

sv07CrNi3MoCu 0.04 – 0.09 0.15 – 0.35 0.3 – 0.6 0.85 – 1.1 2.8 – 3.2 0.5 – 0.65 – – –

sv03CrNi3MoCu

not exc.

0.05

0.12 – 0.32 0.5 – 0.8 0.6 – 0.9 2.6-2.9 0.4 – 0.6 – – –

sv08CrMn2SiMoV 0.04 – 0.08 0.2 – 0.4 0.8 – 1.2 0.6 – 1.0

not exc.

0.2

0.4 – 0.6 – – –

sv10CrMn2SiMoV 0.08 – 0.12 0.3 – 0.5 1.0 – 1.4 0.7 – 0.9 – 0.2 – 0.4 – – –

Symbolic notations

used in the catalogue:

Ch – Cherepovets Plant

O – Oryol Plant

V – Volgograd Plant

0.012 0.015

not

exc.

0.020

33

0.025


Carbon structural steel wire

GOST 1) Ch, O, V

17305-91

Gauges and tolerances Table 3.

Wire diameter Diameter tolerance, mm

0.32 – 0.8 V -0.03

0.85 – 1.2 O -0.04

1.3 – 3.0 -0.06

3.2 – 6.0 -0.08

Note: wire out-of-roundness should not exceed half the

diameter tolerance.

See tables 4 and 5 on the next page for information about

mechanical properties and packing.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CARBON STRUCTURAL STEEL WIRE

Application area:

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

The wire is intended for critical parts, components

and mechanism manufacture for home and industrial

equipment.

The wire is made of the following steel grades: 08kp,

10, 10ps, 10kp, 15, 15ps, 20, 20kp, 25, 30, 35, 40,

45, 50.

Chemical composition of these steel grades is given in Table 1.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

34


Wire diameter,

mm

1.0

08kp

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength, N/mm 2 , not less than,

steel grades

10, 10ps,

10kp

20, 20ps,

20kp, 15ps,

15kp, 15

35, 30,

25

CARBON STRUCTURAL STEEL WIRE

45, 50,

40

Number of folds, not less than,

steel grades

10, 08kp,

10 ps, 10

kp

20, 20ps,

20kp, 15ps,

15kp, 15

gr2 gr1 gr2 gr1 gr2 gr1 gr2 gr1 gr2 gr1

440

490

540

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties Table 4.

1.05 – 1.2 incl.

2.1 – 2.6 incl.

7 6 7 6 5 3

590 590 590

2.6 – 3.0 incl. 7 6 6 5 3 3

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

35,

30,

25

880 980 7 6 7 6 6 5

1.5 – 2.0 incl. 780 880 7 6 7 6 5 4

45,

50,

40

9 7 8 6 7 6

1.2 – 1.5 incl. 4 3 4 3 3 2

3.1 – 3.5 incl.

390 440 490

8 6 8 6 4 3

3.6 – 4.0 7 6 6 5 3 2

4.1 – 5.0 690 780 7 5 7 5 5 3

5.3 – 6.0 340 390 440 6 5 5 4 2 1

Wire surface is free of rolled-in scales, splash scales

and rust, as well as fire marks, rolled blisters, rolled

cracks, ripple markings and pinchers with a depth

exceeding half the diameter tolerance.

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

1.6 – 3.0 Ch Coils 80

under 1.3 350

over 1.3 550

3.0 – 6.0 Ch Super-size coils 1000 400

1.0 – 1.20 O Coils 60 350

1.20 – 2.20 O Coils 80 550

2.30 – 6.0 O Coils 120 550

0.40 – 6.30 V Coils 15 – 120 250 – 550

Table 5.

Preservation, non woven fabric and a

film or a crepe paper Ch

Preservation, paraffin paper and

fabric or a flim O

up to ∅ 0.50 incl. – preservation,

paraffin paper + box V

over 0.50 – preservation, paraffin

paper + film or packing strip V

35


Flat steel strip for

furniture blocks

TU 1) Ch, V

14-4-1338-85

Application area:

The steel strip is intended for manufacture of spring

block frames used for divans, arm-chairs, etc.

The steel strip is made of the following steel grades:

45, 50, 55.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT STEEL STRIP FOR FURNITURE BLOCKS

Strip sizes, mm Width tolerance, mm Breadth tolerance, mm

2.5×9.0 -0.25 -1.2

Mechanical properties

Strip sizes, mm Tensile strength, N/mm 2

Table 7.

*Steel strips of tensile strength exceeding 1230 N/mm 2 are

manufactured according to customer’s demand.

Packing

2.5×9.0 880 – 1230*

Sizes, mm Type

2.5×9.0

1) TU = Technical Specification

Inside diameter,

mm

Coils 300 200 Ch

Coils 400 – 500

Table 6.

Weight, kg Comment

Small coils – 250 V

Big coils – 600 V

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 8.

Delivered hard drawn with no oiling

36


Flat steel strip for

furniture blocks

TU 1) 14-178-399-2000

Application area:

The steel strip is intended for use in the furniture

industry.

The steel strip is made of the following steel grades:

45, 50, 55

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT STEEL STRIP FOR FURNITURE BLOCKS

Strip sizes, mm Width tolerance, mm Breadth tolerance, mm

2.1×10.0 -0.25 -1.0

Mechanical properties

Strip sizes, mm Tensile strength, N/mm 2

Table 10.

* Steel strips of tensile strength exceeding 1230 N/mm 2 are

manufactured according to customer’s demand.

Packing

2.1×10.0 880 – 1230*

Sizes, mm Type Weight, kg Comment

2.1×10.0 Coils 200 Shipped hard-drawn

1) TU = Technical Specification

Table 9.

Table 11.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

37


Steel wire for cores

TU 1) 14-4-1456-87

Application area:

The wire is intended for cable core manufacture.

The wire is made of the following steel grades: 65,

70 and 75.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

4.1

4.4

6.1

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

STEEL WIRE FOR CORES

Table 12.

Relative narrowing, %

±0.04 not exceeding 784 not less than 50

Microstructure: pearlite surface of grades 2 – 8. Decarburised

layer depth should not exceed 3% of the real diameter.

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comment

Table 13.

4.1 – 6.1 Super-size coils 1000 400 Shipped hard-drawn, in soft packages

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

38


Steel wire for cable cores

GOST 1) 9850-72

Gauges and tolerances

Wire diameter, mm Diameter tolerance, mm

1.85 – 2.20

2.30 – 2.65

2.80 – 3.50

3.60 – 3.80

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

± 0.03

± 0.04

± 0.05

± 0.06

Table 14.

STEEL WIRE FOR CABLE CORES

Application area:

The wire is used for manufacture of non-insulated

steel-aluminium and steel-bronze cable cores.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

The wire is grouped:

• by core type: single-wire cores (SC) and multi-wire

cores (MC);

• by mechanical properties: class A, B, C

(class B is used in repair work).

The shipped wire belongs to group 1 and 2, according

to its tolerances and zinc surface density.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

39


Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

1.85

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Inside ∅,

mm

1.85 – 3.8 Coils up to 500 –

1.85 – 4.5

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

STEEL WIRE FOR CABLE CORES

Class A Class B Class C

Tensile strength

under 1 %

elongation

N/mm 2

Elongation, %

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Tensile strength

under 1 %

elongation

N/mm 2

Supplemental packing

Oryol – a layer composed of a waxed paper and

a polymer film/or a non-woven fibre

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 16.

Coils 800 – Cherepovets – a non-woven fibre and a polymer film

or a crepe

Super-sized coils 600 400

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Elongation, %

not less than

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Tensile strength

under 1 %

elongation

N/mm 2

2.00 1450 1310

1340 1170

1170

70 2

2.20 1310

80 2

2.5

3.0

Elongation, %

3.0

Zinc surface

density, g/m2 Number of

one-minute

dippings

70 2

2.10 80 2

2.30

2.50 100 3

1280 1310 1140 1140

2.65

100 3

1410

80 2

2.40 80 3

2.80

2.95 1280

100 3

3.05

3.0

3.5

100 3

3.20 1240

100 3

3.40

3.60

1290 1100 1100

1180

100 3

100 3

100 3

1380 1170 4.0

3.80 100 3

4.50 100 3

Table 15.

40


Spoke steel wire

GOST 1) 3110-74

Application area:

The wire is intended for motorcycle- and bicycle-spoke

manufacture.

The wire is made of the following steel grades: 35,

40 and 45.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

1.75

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

Number of

folds

not less than

Number of

twists *

1.8

2.0

1080 – 1270

12

21

2.3

+0,01

-0.04

18

2.58

2.65

11 20

3.0 10 19

3.5

3.96

4.0

-0.05

980 – 1230

11 17

8 15

4.5 13 13

* Number of twists is defined by customer

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg

Inside ∅,

mm

1.8 – 4.5 Coils 80 550

Upset test

SPOKE STEEL WIRE

Table 17.

Should stand a cold

upset test

(no cracks on a

head’s belt)

Supplemental packing

Table 18.

A non-woven fabric and a polymer film

or a crepe

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

41


Steel rope wire

GOST 1) 7372-79

Mechanical properties

Zinc-coated wire

∅ ranges

0.22 – 0.32

0.32 – 0.75

0.8 – 1.6

1.7 – 1.8

1.9 – 2.2

2.3 – 2.6

2.7 – 3.0

3.2 – 3.6

3.7 – 4.0

1370

1470

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

1570

1670

1770

1860

manufactured not manufactures

1960

Application area:

STEEL ROPE WIRE

The wire is intended for steel rope manufacture.

The wire is made of the following steel grades:

55 – 80.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Rope wire is classified:

• by surface type: without coating, zinc-coated

(depending on zinc surface density, it may be of

two groups: C, G)

• by mechanical properties: of grade B and I

• by tensile strength, N/mm 2 : of marking groups –

1370, 1470, 1570, 1670, 1770, 1860, 1960.

Manufacture of bright wire and zinc-coated wire by marking

group/diameter dependence is given in the tables below.

Bright wire

∅ ranges

0.22 – 0.32 O

0.32 – 0.75

0.8 – 1.6

1.7 – 1.8

1.9 – 2.2

2.3 – 2.6

2.7 – 3.0

3.2 – 3.6

3.7 – 4.0

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

Table 19.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

1370

1470

1570

1670

1770

1860

1960

42


Rope wire nominal diameters

and diameter tolerances

Wire diameter,

mm

Wire without

coating

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Nominal diameter tolerance, mm

Zinc-coated wire

Groups G and C Group OG

0.32 – 0.38 incl. ±0.01 +0.02 -0.01 –

Table 20.

0.32 – 0.45 incl. – – +0.03 -0.01

0.40 – 0.75 incl. +0.02 -0.01 +0.03 -0.01 –

0.50 – 0.95 incl. – – +0.05 -0.01

0.80 – 1.50 incl. ±0.02 +0.04 -0.01 –

1.00 – 1.50 incl. – – +0.07 -0.01

1.60 – 2.30 incl. – +0.05 -0.01 +0.08 -0.02

1.60 – 3.60 incl. ±0.03 – –

2.40 – 3.60 incl. – +0.06 -0.01 +0.10 -0.02

3.80 – 4.00 incl. ±0.04 +0.07 -0.01 +0.12 -0.03

Zinc surface density for the rope wire

Zinc surface

density, g/cm 2 ,

not less than

> 0.32 – 0.38

> 0.38 – 0.45

> 0.45 – 0.55

> 0.55 – 0.65

> 0.65 – 0.75

Wire diameter, mm

STEEL ROPE WIRE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 21.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

> 0.75 – 0.95

C 20 30 35 40 40 50 60 60 70 80 90 100 110

G 25 40 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 135 150

OG 60 75 90 110 120 130 150 165 180 205 230 230 245

> 0.95 – 1.15

> 1.15 – 1.40

> 1.40 – 1.80

> 1.80 – 2.40

> 2.40 – 3.00

> 3.00 – 3.80

> 3.80 – 4.00

43


Packing

Cherepovets

Oryol

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

∅, mm Type Weight, kg

0.32 – 0.5

Inside ∅,

mm

20 200

0.5 – 0.8 40 250

Coils

0.8 – 1.30 60 350

> 1.3 80 550

0.8 – 4.0 Spools 800 –

All bright wires are treated with preservative oil.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg

0.32 – 0.5

Inside ∅,

mm

20 200

0.5 – 0.8 40 250

0.8 – 1.20 Coils 60 350

1.2 – 3.0 120

3.20 – 5.0 150

Prior to packaging, the wire in coils is treated with preservative oil.

The wire in spools is not oil-treated.

Table 22.

Supplemental packing

Wooden containers

Non-woven fabric and

a film or a crepe

Supplemental packing

Waxed paper

and packing fibre

or a film

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

550

0.8 – 3.50 Spools 1000 –

STEEL ROPE WIRE

44


Carbon steel wire

for cold heading

GOST 1) 5663-79

Gauges and tolerances

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Table 23.

Wire diameter, mm Diameter tolerance, mm

1.0 – 3.0 incl. -0.06

3.0 – 6.0 incl. -0.08

Mechanical properties

Steel

grade

08,

08kp,

10, 10kp

15, 15kp,

20,

20kp, 25

Packing

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Elongation, %

CARBON STEEL WIRE FOR COLD HEADING

Application area:

The wire is intended for products manufactured

by cold heading.

The wire is made of the following steel grades:

08 – 20kp, 08 – 45.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties of the wire correspond to

Class 1 and Class 2.

Steel

grade

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Elongation, %

Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2

440 – 590

470 – 620

not exc.

590

not exc.

640

55 55

30,

45

35,

40,

560 – 710 not exc. 55

55 50

45

40

Comment: use of steel grades 08, 08kp, 10, 10kp of class 1 of a tensile strength 420 – 570 N/mm 2 is also possible.

Wire surface No cracks, rolled-in scales, exfoliation, hair lines, contamination or corrosion

Macrostructure No contraction loose, etching blisters, or slags

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

1.0 – 1.2

60 350

Coils

1.4 – 6.0 80 550

Table 24.

Table 25.

Non-woven fabric and polymer film or a crepe

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

45


Alloy steel wire

for cold heading

TU 1) 14-4-385-73

Application area:

The wire is intended for products manufactured by cold

heading.

Depending on gauge, the following steel grades are used:

• gauge range of up to ∅8.2 mm – 16CrSiNi steel grade;

• gauge range of up to ∅7.8 mm – 30CrMnSiA steel grade;

• gauge range of up to ∅6.0 mm – 30CrMoA steel grade.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances

Wire diameter,

mm

The wire blank is preliminarily ground and annealed,

to pearlite surface.

Tensile strength: for 16CrSiNi and 30CrMoA steel

grades – 441-637 N/mm 2 ,

for 30CrMnSiA steel grade – 490-735 N/mm 2 .

Packing:

Coils of a weight range 20 – 80 kg.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter tolerance, mm

(standard accuracy /

high accuracy)

3.0 -0.06/-0.04

3.1 – 4.6 -0.08/-0.05

4.7 – 6.0 -0.08/-0.05

6.1 – 6.5 -0.10/-0.06

6.6 – 8.2 -0.10/-0.06

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Table 26.

ALLOY STEEL WIRE FOR COLD HEADING

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

46


High-quality zinc-plated

steel wire for logging cable

armouring

TU 1) 14-178-341-98

Application area:

The wire is intended for logging cable armour

manufacture.

The wire is made of 70 steel grade.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

HIGH-QUALITY ZINC-PLATED STEEL WIRE FOR LOGGING CABLE ARMOURING

Table 27.

Wire diameter, mm Diameter tolerance, mm

Wire

diameter,

mm

0.36 – 0.39 incl. ±0.01

0.40 – 0.79 incl. +0.01 -0.02

0.80 – 1.60 incl. +0.01 -0.03

Mechanical properties

Tensile strength, marking

group, N/mm 2

Number of

twists

Number of

folds

180 190 not less than

0.36 – 0.49 1770 – 2120 1860 – 2210 –

0.50 – 0.74

0.75 – 0.79

0.80 – 0.84

0.85 – 0.89 12

0.90 – 0.94 11

0.95 – 0.99

1770 – 2090 1860 – 2180

1.00 – 1.09 17

26

1.10 – 1.19 16

1.20 – 1.29 15

1.30 – 1.39

1.40 – 1.49 25

11

1.50 – 1.60 1770 – 2060 1860 – 2150 14

28

Knotted wire break-out

strain to even wire

break-out strain ratio, %

– 40

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

10

13


Table 28.

47


Zinc surface density

Wire diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

HIGH-QUALITY ZINC-PLATED STEEL WIRE FOR LOGGING CABLE ARMOURING

Zinc surface

density,

g/mm 2 ,

not less than,

coating group

C G

0.36 – 0.38 20 25

0.39 – 0.45 30

0.46 – 0.55 35

40

0.56 – 0.65

50

40

0.66 – 0.75 60

0.76 – 0.95 50 70

0.96 – 1.15

80

60

1.16 – 1.40 90

exceeding 1.40 70 100

Packing

Table 29.

Zinc coating requirements

Zinc coating should be

complete and strong,

and should neither crack

nor exfoliate when a wire

is helically coiled on

a cylindrical core of a

diameter equal:

2d – for a wire of class C

coating,

4d – for a wire of class G

coating, where d is the

nominal Wire diameter.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Supplemental packing

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 30.

0.8, 1.1, 1.3 Spools 1000 External coils are wrapped in 2 layers of non-woven fabric or crepe

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

48


Galvanized steel wire

for conductors and cables

TU 1) 14-4-1457-87 V

Wire mechanical properties –

class 1 and 2, wire zinc coating – group OG and G.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE FOR CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

Knotted wire break-out strain is not less than 52% of the even wire break-out strain.

Packing

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Class 1 Class 2

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 31.

Zinc surface density,

g/m 2

G OG

0.25 - 0.02 2060 – 2440 1670 –2050 30 37

0.30 - 0.02 1960 – 2340 1570 –1950 30 45

0.40 - 0.03 1862 – 2234 1470 – 1852 40 –

0.50 - 0.02 1764 – 2068 1372 – 1754 50 –

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Supplemental packing

Table 32.

0.25 – 0.50 Coils 10 – 25 Paraffin paper + half-cask or

a cardbox. No preservation.

0.30 Spools 10

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

49


Bimetallic steel-copper wire

for radio-frequency aviation

cables and special-purpose

impact microcables

TU 1) 14-4-224-72 V

Diameter, mm

0.16, 0.20, 0.25

0.40, 0.50

Packing:

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

BIMETALLIC STEEL-COPPER WIRE FOR RADIO-FREQUENCY AVIATION CABLES

Diameter

tolerance, mm

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE IMPACT MICROCABLES

Table 33.

Specific electric resistance,

Om.m (Om mm 2 /m)

-0.03 740 0.064×10 – 6 (0.064)

Shipped in spools, not treated with preservative oil.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

50


Annealed galvanized

pulp-baling wire

TU 1) 14-4-936-78

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance, mm,

groups

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

ANNEALED GALVANIZED PULP-BALING WIRE

Application area:

The wire is intended for pulp baling.

The wire is made of the following steel grades:

45, 50, 55.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Table 34.

Elongation on effective

length of 200 mm, %,

not less than

A B A B A B

2.2

690 – 1180

880 – 1180

2.5 not exc. 1180

+0.12

-0.03

+0.15

-0.05

2.6

590 – 980

690 – 980

3.0 not exc. 980

7 6.5

8 7.5

Zinc coating is complete and strong, and should neither crack nor exfoliate when a wire is helically coiled.

Zinc surface density is not less than 21 g/m 2 .

Packing:

Cherepovets – wire is shipped in rosette coils of the

following overall dimensions:

Outer diameter 800 ±30 mm

Inside diameter 400 ±20 mm

Height 650 – 1000 mm

Weight not less than 600 kg

Rosette coils are wrapped in a non-woven fabric and

a polymer film.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Oryol – wire is shipped in coils of a weight of up to

100 kg or in spools. Wire is wrapped in polyethylene

or PVC film. Waterproof paper packing is possible.

Volgograd – wire is shipped in wooden or metallic

spools.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

51


Carbon wire for netting

TU 1) Ch, V

14-4-1566-89

Application area:

The wire is intended for corrugated netting

manufacture.

Wire mechanical properties – class 1 and 2; the wire

is made of the following steel grades: 45, 50, 55.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Number of

twists

CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

Number of folds

Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2

1.60

130 – 165

17 17 15

26

2.00

16 12 11

±0.06 1270 – 1570

2.20 1270 – 1570 24 15 19 17

3.00 20

10

11

3.60

19 13

9

1180 – 1470 1180 – 1470

4.00 15 8 7

±0.08

5.00 1080 – 1370 1080 – 1370 12 9 11 9

Surface characteristics:

Wire surface has no cracks, exfoliation, rolled-in

scales or corrosion. Single small defects such as

pinchers, nicks, scratches or hair lines of a depth not

exceeding half the diameter tolerance are allowed.

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Supplemental packing

1.6 – 3.5 Coils 80 Crepe paper

3.5 – 5.0

Table 36.

Super-size bundles 1000 Non-woven fabric and polymer film

or a crepe paper

Coils 80

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 35.

Out-ofroundness,

mm, not less

than

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

0.06

0.08

52


Spring steel wire

GOST 1) 9389-75

Gauges and tolerances

Wire diameter, mm Diameter tolerance, mm Out-of-roundness

0.20 – 0.30 +0.02 -0.015

0.32 – 1.90 ±0.020

2.00 – 3.60 ±0.030

4.00 – 5.60 ±0.040

6.00 – 7.00 ±0.050

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Should not exceed

half the diameter

tolerance

Application area:

SPRING STEEL WIRE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

The wire is used for springs manufacture by

cold-winding without subsequent hardening.

Wire mechanical properties meet the

requirement of grades A, B, C and classes 1,

2, 3. Wire surface is free of cracks, rolled-in

scales, skins, microflaws and corrosion.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Table 37.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

53


Packing

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

SPRING STEEL WIRE

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside diameter, mm Packing

0.30 – 0.70 Ch

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 38.

20 200, 250 Wrapping paper and wooden containers

0.80 – 1.30

Coils

Ch 60 350 Non-woven fabric with polymer film or

1.60 – 5.00 crepe paper

Ch 80 550

6.00 – 7.00 Ch 360 750 Without any wrapping

1.40 – 4.00 Ch Spools Up to 1000 Crepe paper

1.80 – 3.40 Ch Rosette coils Up to 1000

0.80 – 1.20 O

400 ± 20

(outside ∅ – 800 ± 30,

heigth – up to 1000)

60 350

1.20 – 3.00 Coils

O 120 550

3.20 – 6.00 O 150 750

0.20 – 0.28 V

Spools

∅180 mm

10

Coils 10 – 12 200

0.30 – 0.50 V Coils 12 – 15 200

0.51 – 0.80 V Coils 15 – 60 370

0.81 – 1.30 V Coils 120 – 150 500

1.31 – 6.00 V Coils 120 – 180 500

Non-woven fabric with polymer film or

crepe paper

Non-woven fabric with polymer film or

crepe paper

Paraffin paper + container

Paraffin paper + polyethylene film or

fabric

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

54


Spring wire

for furniture industry

TU 1) 14-178-459-2004

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

SPRING WIRE FOR FURNITURE INDUSTRY

Application area:

The wire is used for furniture spring manufacture.

The wire is made of 70 steel grade to

TU 14-1-5317-95.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Gauges and tolerances Table 39.

Diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

Out-of-roundness

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

1.4

1.8

2.2

2.4

2.5

±0.02

±0.03

Should not exceed

half the diameter tolerance

Mechanical and surface properties Table 40.

Diameter,

mm

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

1.4 1670 – 1870

Tensile strength tolerance,

N/mm 2 , not exceeding

Number of twists,

not less than

Number of folds,

not less than

20 10

1.8 1570 – 1770 20 10

2.2 1620 – 1820 200

15 13

2.4 1570 – 1770 15 12

2.5 1570 – 1770 15 12

Surface characteristics:

Wire surface has no cracks, skins, rolled-in scales,

microflaws, scale pits and corrosion. Hairlines of a

depth not exceeding half the diameter tolerance are

allowed. Complete wire decarburisation is not

allowed. Partial decarburisation depth should not

exceed 3% of the wire diameter.

The wire should neither break nor crack when coiled

on a cylindrical core of a diameter equal to the wire

diameter. Number of twists should be not less than

eight.

55


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

SPRING WIRE FOR FURNITURE INDUSTRY

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Packing Table 41.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5 Spools 1000

1.8 Spools Net 550

1.8, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5 Rosette coils

On cardboard spools

net 850

400±20

(outer 800±30, height

up to 1000)

Without conservation

and packing

Without conservation,

two-layer packing

(non-woven fabric and

a crepe)

Without conservation,

two-layer packing

(non-woven fabric and

a crepe)

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

56


Spring alloy steel wire

GOST 1) 14953-78

Application area:

The wire is intended for spring manufacture with

subsequent heat-treating.

The wire is made of the steel grade 60S2A.

The wire is drawn without special surface finish.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances Table 42.

Wire diameter, mm Diameter tolerance, mm

1.00 +0.02 -0.01

1.10 – 3.00 ±0.02

3.20 – 6.00 +0.03 -0.02

7.00 ±0.03

Tensile strength does not exceed 1029 N/mm 2

(105 kgs/mm 2 ).

Packing

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

SPRING ALLOY STEEL WIRE

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

3.20 – 6.0 Coils 80 – 100 550

7.0 Coils 80 – 100 650

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 43.

Paraffin paper + polyethylene film or fabric

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

57


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

HIGH-CARBON SPRING STEEL WIRE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

High-carbon spring steel wire

TU 1) 14-4-119-88 V

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter, mm

0.80

0.90

1) TU = Technical Specification

Application area:

The wire is intended for car spring manufacture.

The wire is made of the steel grade 70. Wire gauges:

0.80 – 5.5 mm. The wire is of grade B and I.

The wire is shipped in coils. Weight of a coil varies,

depending on the gauge, from 10 to 55 kg.

Packing – paraffin paper + polyethylene film or fabric.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Diameter tolerances, mm Tensile strength, N/mm 2 One-way twisting Two-way twisting

Normal

accuracy

High

accuracy

+ – + –

0.02

0.01

Grade B

Grade I

1800 – 2030 1800 – 2050

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Tensile load, kg

Sample length, mm

Number of twists

Tensile load, kg

Sample length, mm

Number of

twists

1780 – 2010 1780 – 2030 6 200 d 40 – – – –

0.30 0.03

0.01 1680 – 1890 1690 – 1930 – – – –

0.02

0.40 1670 – 1860 1670 – 1910 – – – –

0.03

10 100 d 20

0.50 1650 – 1840 1650 – 1900 – – – –

forth

back

– – – –

1.00 1770 – 1980 1770 – 2010 – – – –

0.10

1750 – 1960 1750 – 1990

– – – –

0.20 1710 – 1910 1710 – 1960 – – – –

0.60 1630 – 1820 1630 – 1870 – – – –

0.70 1610 – 1800 1610 – 1860 – – – –

0.80 1600 – 1790 1600 – 1840 – – – –

Table continues on the next page

Table 44.

58

Minimum weight of wire

in the coil, kg

10

40


Wire diameter, mm

0.90

2.00

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

HIGH-CARBON SPRING STEEL WIRE

Diameter tolerances, mm Tensile strength, N/mm 2 One-way twisting Two-way twisting

Normal

accuracy

High

accuracy

+ – + –

Grade B

Grade I

0.01 1580 – 1760 1580 – 1820

1570 – 1770 1570 – 1810

2.10 1550 – 1750 1550 – 1790

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Cont. table 44.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Tensile load, kg

Sample length, mm

Number of twists

Tensile load, kg

Sample length, mm

Number of

twists

2.30 1520 – 1720 1520 – 1770 21

0.03 0.03 0.02

2.50 0.02 1500 – 1700 1500 – 1750

15

7

19

2.60 1480 – 1680 1480 – 1730

forth

10 100 d 20 – – – –

2.90 1450 – 1650 1450 – 1700 18

3.00 1440 – 1640 1440 – 1690 15

260

3.20

1420 – 1620 1420 – 1670

14

15

3.40 1400 – 1600 1400 – 1650

– – –

3.60 1390 – 1590 1390 – 1640

13

3.70 1370 – 1570 1370 – 1620

4.00 1350 – 1550 1350 – 1600 7 11

0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03

4.20 1340 – 1540 1340—1590 10

4.50 1310 – 1510 1310—1560

4.80 1290 – 1490 1290 – 1540 10

25 380

5.00 1280 – 1480 1280 – 1530 9

5.50 1270 – 1460 1260 – 1500 7

Packing Table 45.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0,8-5.50 Coils 10-55 – Paraffin paper + polyethylene film or fabric

Note: 1 . Wire is delivered in coils

2. Wire is applied to manufacture automotive springs.

20

back

19

16

59

Minimum weight of wire

in the coil, kg

40

55


Annealed spring steel wire

GOST 1) 1071-81

Application area:

The wire is intended for (valve) spring manufacture.

The 65MnA steel grade is used for manufacture of

wire class 1 and 2. Class 1 wire may be

manufactured of the 15CrVA steel grade.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances Table 46.

Wire diameter,

mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Diameter tolerance,

mm (standard accuracy

/high accuracy)

3.0 ±0.03/+0.03-0.02

3.2 – 3.4

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

Class 1 Class 2

1570 – 1720 1570-1860

3.5 – 3.6 1470 – 1620 1470 – 1770

3.75 – 4.0 1420 – 1570 1420 – 1720

±0.04/+0.03-0.02

4.1 – 4.5 1370 – 1520 1370 – 1670

4.8 – 5.0 1320 – 1470 1320 – 1620

5.5 1270 – 1420 1270 – 1570

Wire is hardened by chilling, and tempered on given

lengths. Wire is shipped in coils with inside diameter

not less than 400 mm with preservative oil.

• 0.30 – 4.0 mm –

inner diameter 600 mm or 1200 mm

• 4.1 – 5.5 mm – inner diameter 1200 mm

• coil weight can be 40 –50 kg, and up to 80 kg

• wrapping – paraffin paper + wrapping cloth

ANNEALED SPRING STEEL WIRE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

60


Alloy spring steel wire

TU 1) 14-4-238-72 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for spring manufacture with

subsequent annealing.

The wire is made of the 51CrVA steel grade. Wire

surface quality class – E. A wire blank is preliminarily

ground and annealed on given lengths.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and tolerances Table 47.

Wire diameter,

mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance, mm

3.00 – 6.00 -0.04

6.50 – 7.50 -0.05

Tensile strength tolerance – 196 N/mm 2 .

The wire is shipped in coils.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

1029

ALLOY SPRING STEEL WIRE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Packing Table 48.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inner diameter, mm Packing

3.0 – 6.0

not less than

550

Coils

6.5 – 7.5 7.5

650

Paraffin film + polyethylene film

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

61


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Carbon wire for pre-stressed

concrete reinforcement

GOST1) Ch, V

7348-81

Application area:

The wire is intended for reinforcement of pre-stressed

concrete constructions.

V Manufactured wire: tempered round wire pre-stressed

(stabilized) Ch and tempered v die-rolled section wire.

The wire is made of the steel grades 75, 80, 85.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

CARBON WIRE FOR PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

Wire diameter, tolerance and dent depth Table 49.

Wire

diameter,

mm,

d

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Die-rolled section wire and round wire Die-rolled section wire

Diameter tolerance, mm

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3

dent depth, h,

not less than

3.0 ±0.04 ±0.06 -0.12 0.15

4.0 ±0.04 ±0.08 -0.16 0.19

5.0 ±0.05 ±0.08 -0.16 0.24

dent pitch, A

nominal tolerance

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3







6.5



�����

�����

+0.5

-1.0

62


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CARBON WIRE FOR PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Mechanical properties Table 50.

Wire

diameter,

mm

Strength

class,

N/mm 2

Breaking

strength,

N(kgs)

Drawing

strength

P 02 N

not less than

Relative

elongation

on

breakage

σ 100 , %

Number of twists

d = 30 mm

Round

wire

Die- rolled

section

3.0 1500 12600 10600 4.0 9 8

4.0 1400 21400 18000 4.0 7 6

5.0 1400 32800 27500 4.0 5 3

6.0 Ch 1400 47300 39700 5 – –

The wire of ∅ 6.0 mm should stand the 1800 fold

test without tears or cracks.

Packing

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

4.0. 5.0 Ch Coils up to 600 1400

3.0 Ch Super-size coils up to 1000 400

3.0 V Coils 100 – 300 1200

3.0 V Super-size coils 800 – 1000 400

4.0 – 5.0 V Coils 100 – 300 2000

No packing

Table 51.

Relaxationstrain

loss

%

Round wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

2.5


63


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

ROUND STEEL STABILIZED WIRE

Round steel stabilized wire

TU 1) 14-4-1362-85 Ch

Application area:

Cold-drawn steel wire, tempered under stress

(stabilized) is intended for reinforcement of prestressed

concrete structures.

The wire preserves its strength characteristics during

long period.

The wire is made of carbon steel grades 75, 80 and

85. The wire diameter is 5.0 mm and its tolerance is

± 0.05 mm.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

Breaking

strength ,

N, not less

than

1) TU = Technical Specification

Relative

elongation,

δ 100 , %, not

less than

Number of

180 0 folds,

d = 30 mm,

not less

than

Conventional

yield strength /

Breaking

strength, not

less than

Relaxa-

tionstrain

loss, %, not

exc.

5.0 32730 4 5 0.92 3

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

Rigidity

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 52.

When casting a sample of a

length of 1.3 m on a surface,

a segment is formed with a

base of 1 m and a height not

exceeding 30 mm

Packing Table 53.

5.0 Coils 600 1400 Wire is shipped with normalized strengthness value

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

64


DIE-ROLLED SECTION STEEL WIRE FOR PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

Die-rolled section steel wire

for pre-stressed concrete

reinforcement

TU 1) 14-178-231-2001 Ch

Application area:

Cold-drawn tempered die-rolled section steel wire is

intended for reinforcement of prestressed concrete

constructions.

The wire is made of steel grades 75, 80.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Wire geometries

Wire diameter,

mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Dent depth,

mm, not less

than

Dent pitch, mm

Nominal Tolerance

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 54.

Radius of the dent

cylindric surface, R, mm

5.0 ±0.05 0.24 6.5 +0.5 / -1.0 8.0 ± 0.5

Mechanical properties

Strength class,

N/mm 2

Breaking strength,

N (kgs)

Conventional yield strength,

N (kgs)

not less than

Relative

elongation, %

Number of twists

1300 30870 25500 4.0 3

1400 32800 27500 4.0 3

Table 55.

Packing Table 56.

5.0 coils 600 1400 Wire is shipped with normalized strengthness value

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

65


Carbon steel wire for

pre-stressed concrete

sleepers reinforcement

TU1) Ch, V

14-4-1681-91

Application area:

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CARBON STEEL WIRE FOR PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE SLEEPERS REINFORCEMENT

The wire is intended for reinforcement of prestressed

concrete sleepers.

The wire is made from steel grades 70 – 80.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

The wire is of die-rolled section (see drawing).

Wire geometries

Wire diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance, mm

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

3.0 Ch Super-size coils 1000 400

3.0 V Coils 100 – 300

3.0 V Super-size coils 1000

Dent depth,

mm, not less

than

Dent pitch, mm

Nominal Tolerance

Wire is shipped with normalized

strengthness

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 57.

Radius of the dent

cylindric surface, R, mm

3.0 ± 0.06 0.15 6.5 +0.5 / -1.0 8.0 ± 0.5

Mechanical properties

Strength class,

N/mm 2

Nominal tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

Breaking strength,

N

Conventional yield strength,

N

not less than

Relative

elongation, %

Number

of twists

1400 1700 12000 9900 4.0 8

Packing Table 59.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Table 58.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3









�����

�����

66


Needle wire

GOST 1) 5468-88 Ch

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of technical

needles and special products used in textile industry.

The needle wire is classified by:

Chemical composition

Group Steel grade

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Manufacture accuracy,

groups

Mechanical properties,

classes

Table 61.

NEEDLE WIRE

Resulting treatment

N1 U7A 2 A Annealed

N2 U8A 3 B Cold-formed

N3 U10A 4

N4 U9A

Chemical composition of the steel grades is given in Table 1.

Tolerances for accuracy groups

Wire diameter,

mm

Diameter tolerance for accuracy groups, mm

2 3 4

0.52 – 3.00 -0.010 -0.014 -0.025

3.2 – 5.0 -0.014 -0.018 -0.030

Tensile strength tolerance in one coil should not exceed:

• 50 N/mm 2 , Class A

• 70 N/mm 2 , Class B

Table 60.

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

67


Mechanical properties

Wire

grade

N1

N2

N3

N4

Wire diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2 ,

not exceeding

NEEDLE WIRE

Annealed Cold-formed

Relative

elongation on

100 mm, %,

not less than

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2 ,

not exceeding

A B A B

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 62.

Relative

elongation on

100 mm, %,

not less than

0.52 – 0.6

2.5

790 810

0.61 – 1.08 2.5

Ov. 1.08 – 4.5 750 760 4.0

640 690

0.52 – 0.6

1.5

810 830

0.61 – 1.08 2.5

Ov. 1.08 – 4.5 770 790 4.0

10

0.52 – 0.6

1.5

820 880

0.61 – 1.08 690 760

2.5

Ov. 1.08 – 4.5 800 840 3.0

0.52 – 0.6

1.5

840 880

0.61 – 1.08 690 76

2.5

Ov. 1.08 – 4.5 800 840 3.0

For the wire of ∅ 0.8 mm and less the relative elongation test can be replaced with a tensile test.

Packing Table 63.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

0.4 – 0.6

up to 20 400 Package, preservation

0.6 – 1.10 Coils up to 40 350 Package, preservation

over 1.10 up to 80 550 Soft two-layer package, preservation

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

68


Steel carding wire

GOST 1) 3875-83 V

Application area:

Hardened and tempered steel wire is intended for

carding cramps manufacture.

The wire is manufactured round or oval and is available

without coating.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Gauges and mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

0.24 – 0.28

0.30 – 0.50

0.56 – 0.80

0.28×0.32

0.28×0.38

0.32×0.42

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

STEEL CARDING WIRE

Table 644.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental Packing

0.24 – 0.8 Coils 1 – 7 250

Preservative lubricant, paraffin paper,

polyethylene pack,

cardboard box and pallet

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Packing Table 65.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Diameter tolerance, mm

(standard accuracy /

high accuracy)

round

+0.010 / ±0.007

-0.005

+0.010 / +0.010

-0.005 / -0.005

+0.01 / +0.005

-0.005 / -0.005

±0.01

oval

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

(Class 1 / Class 2)

Steel 55:

1770 – 1960 / 1970 – 2160

Steel 70:

1960 – 2160 / 2170 – 2350

Steel 65G, 70G:

2160 – 2350 / 2360 – 2550

Steel 55 (see above)

Steel 70 (see above)

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

69


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

STEEL WIRE FOR BUILD-UP WELDING

Steel wire for build-up

welding

GOST1) Ch, V

10543-98

Application area:

The wire is intended for machine build-up welding.

The wire is made of the steel grade 30CrMnSiA.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Diameters and tolerances:

Wire

diameter,

mm

1.2

1.6

2.0

2.4

2.5

3.0

3.2

4.0

5.0

6.0

Packing

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

+0.04

+0.06

Table 66.

Cold-drawn wire is manufactured without heat-treating.

The wire surface should have no rust, tears, ridges or

scales. The wire surface should be clean and plain,

soap marks are possible. The wire should stand not

less than three twists.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental Packing

0.24 – 0.8 Coils 1 – 7 250 Non woven fabric and polymer film

or crepe paper

1.6 – 6.0 Coils 80 550

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 67.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

70


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

WIRE FOR DOWELS MANUFACTURE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Wire for dowels manufacture

TU 1) 14-178-110-89 Ch.

Application area:

The wire is intended for dowels manufacture.

The wire is made of the steel grade 70 and available

in two diameters: 4.5 and 4.7 mm.

The wire is usually shipped annealed. On customer’s

demand it can be shipped hard-drawn on spools of

weight up to 1000 kg – in this case mechanical

properties are not controlled.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

4.5

4.7

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

-0.05

+ 0.10

1) TU = Technical Specification

Tensile strength, N/mm 2 ,

not exceeding

Table 68.

Microstructure

annealed hard-drawn annealed

725

No mechanical

properties control

Divorced pearlite

Packing Table 69.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

4.5, 4.7 Coils 100 550

4.5, 4.7 Spools up to 1000

Without packing and preservation

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

71


1) GOST TU = Technical = Russian Specification State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

WIRE FOR DOWELS MANUFACTURE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Wire for dowels manufacture

TU 1) 14-171-35-89 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for dowels manufacture.

The wire is made heat-treated (annealed) or harddrawn

(cold-drawn) from the steel grade 70.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

4.7

Packing

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

-0.05

+ 0.10

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2 ,

not exceeding

Table 70.

annealed hard-drawn

725 1080 – 1470

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Supplemental packing

4.7 Coils up to 200 500 No lubricants, no packing

Table 71.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

72


High strength

baling steel band

TU 1) 14-178-342-2000 Ch

Application area:

The band is intended for packing.

The band is made of steel grade 45. It is tempered and

has corrosion preventive phosphate-coating. On

customer’s demand it can be oiled.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Band sizes and mechanical properties

Thickness,

mm

0.8 ± 0.10

1.0 ± 0.15

1.2 ± 0.20

1) TU = Technical Specification

Breadth,

mm

30 ± 1.0

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

HIGH STRENGTH BALING STEEL BAND

Relative

elongation, δ 4B , %

880 – 1130 Not less than

6.0

Camber

Not less than

5 mm on

each 1 m

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 72.

180 0 fold under

room temperature

Cracks observed

by the naked eye

are not allowed

Packing Table 73.

Sizes, mm Type Weight, kg Outside ∅, mm Inside ∅, mm Comments

0.8×30

1.0×30

1.2×30

Rolls 150 ± 20 1000 ± 20 300 ± 20 Band is shipped heat-treated

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

73


Steel brush wire

TU1) Ch, O, V

14-4-933-78

Application area:

The wire is intended for steel brushes manufacture.

The wire is made from steel grades 35 – 85 with diameter

ranges: 0.20 – 1.5 mm. Tensile strength ranges:

1370 – 1960 N/mm 2 . The wire can be shipped harddrawn

and heat-treated V . Hard-drawn wire can be

bright or galvanized.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

∅ tolerance,

mm

0.20 – 0.30 +0.02 – 0.02

0.32 – 1.00 +0.03 – 0.03

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile strength, N/mm 2 ,

not exceeding

Table 74.

annealed hard-drawn

1370 – 1960

1.10 – 1.50 +0.05 – 0.05 1370 – 1960 –

STEEL BRUSH WIRE

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Packing Table 75.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

0.20 – 0.80 Ch Coils 20 – 80 200 – 550

0.8 – 1.50 Ch Spools 1000

0.36 – 0.75 O Coils 30 200

0.60 – 1.20 O Coils 80 350

1.20 – 1.50 O Coils 120 550

0.30 – 0.80 V Coils 10 – 60 200 – 370

Wire is shipped hard-drawn Ch

Wire is shipped hard-drawn

Packing: paraffin paper and packing fabric or

polymer film O

Shipped hard-drawn preservation – in half-woods

without packing, on customer’s demand –

without packing V

Heat-treated (carded) – packed hard-drawn V

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

74


Cotton baling wire

TU 1) 14-178-368-2000 Ch

Application area:

The wire is intended for cotton baling.

The wire is made of steel grade 50 or 55.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

COTTON BALING WIRE

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

3.8

Diamter

tolerance, mm

Super-size

coils

Out-of

roundness, mm

3.8 ±0.04 not exc. 0.04

1000 400

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 76.

Packing Table 77.

Rope wire nominal diameters and tolerance

Wire diameter, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Uncoated wire

From 0.2 up to 0.3v incl. ±0.01

From 0.32 up to 0.38 incl. ±0.01

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

1270– 1470

(130– 150)

Dimeter tolerance, mm

Relative

elongation, %

Junction breaking

power, kgs

not less than 5 not less than 950

Wire is shipped tempered with corrosion

preventive coating and without packing

Zinc-coated wire

Groups G and C Group OG

+0.02

-0.01

+0.02

-0.01

From 0.32 up to 0.45 incl. – –

From 0.40 up to 0.75 incl.

+0.02

-0.01

+0.03

-0.01

From 0.50 up to 0.95 incl. – –

+0.02

-0.01

Table 78.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


+0.03

-0.01


+0.05

-0.01

Table continues on the next page

75


Wire diameter, mm

From 0.80 up to 1.50 incl. ± 0.02

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Packing Table 79.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.32 – 0.50 Ch

Coils

20 200

Wooden containers Ch

0.50 – 0.80 Ch 0.80 – 1.30

40 250

Ch 60 350 Preservation, non-woven fabric with film

> 1.30 or paraffin paper

Ch 80 550

0.80 – 4.00 Ch Spools 800 – Paraffin paper

0.32 – 0.50 O

20 200

0.50 – 0.80 O 40 250

0.80 – 1.20 Coils

O 60 350

1.20 – 3.00 O 120 550

3.20 – 5.00 O 150 550

0.80 – 3.50 O Spools 1000 –

0.30 – 0.50 V

10 – 30 200

0.51 – 0.80

Coils

V 30 – 70 200 – 350

0.81 – 1.30 V 70 – 120 350 – 420

1.31 – 4.00 V 120 – 150 500

+0.04

-0.01

From 1.00 up to 1.50 incl. – –

From 1.60 up to 2.30 incl. ± 0.03

+0.05

-0.01

From 1.60 up to 3.60 incl. ± 0.03 – –

From 2.40 up to 3.60 incl. –

From 3.80 up to 4.00 incl. ± 0.04

HEAT-TREATED MEDIUM CARBON WIRE FOR COTTON BALES BANDING

Uncoated wire

Dimeter tolerance, mm

+0.06

-0.01

+0.07

-0.01

Zinc-coated wire

Cont. table 78.

Groups G and C Group OG

Paraffin paper with polyethylene film or tape O

Paraffin paper with polyethylene film or tape V

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


+0.07

-0.01

+0.08

-0.02

+0.10

-0.02

+0.12

-0.03

76


Wire for flexible shafts

TU1) O, V

14-4-851-77

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of flexible shafts

in automobile industry.

The wire is made of rope steels, quality construction

steel 10, steel grades 35 – 60.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Diameter tolerance,

mm

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

WIRE FOR FLEXIBLE SHAFTS

Number of folds,

not less than

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 80.

Knotted wire

breaking power, %,

not less than

0.30 O ± 0.02 1570 – 1960 – 60

0.40 O ± 0.02 1570 – 1960 – 60

0.50 O ± 0.02 1570 – 1960 – 50

1.20 O ± 0.05 not exc. – –

2.00 ± 0.06 980 – 1370 9 –

2.40 ± 0.06 980 – 1370 17 –

2.80 O ± 0.06 980 – 1370 9 –

Packing Table 81.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.30 – 0.50 O Spools 15 – Film in two layers without a paper underlayer

1.20 – 2.80 O Coils 120 550

0.30 V Coils 0.8 – 10 200

A paraffin paper and a packing fabric or a

polymeric film in two layers without a paper

underlayer

Paraffin paper + packing fabric + cardboard box

and pallet

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

77


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

STEEL WIRE FOR SPRING WAHSERS

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Steel wire for spring wahsers

GOST 1) 11850-72 O

Application area:

The wire is is intended for manufacture of spring

washers.

The wire of square, rectangular and trapezoid section

is available. The manufactured wire is classified:

• by resulting treatment – annealed and cold-drawn

• by manufacture accuracy – normal - NA; high - HA

• by mechanical properties – Class 1 V and 2

The wire is manufactured from steel grades 65G, 70 O .

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Resulting treatment Side size, mm

Square section

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Tensile strength, N/mm 2 ,

Class 1 / Class 2

Annealed from 0.8 up to 4.5 590 – 780 / 490 – 780

Cold-drawn from 0.8 up to 4.5 not exc. 1080 / not exc. 1230

Nominal

S = B

Tolerance

High accuracy Normal accuracy

0.8 O ±0.03 +0.03 -0.04

1.0 O

1.2

1.4

1.6

2.0 O

2.5 O

3.0 O

3.2 O

3.5 O

4.0 O

+0.03

-0.04

+0.04

-0.06

+0.04

-0.08

+0.04

-0.08

+0.06

0.10

Table 83.

Round-up radius,

mm,

not exceeding

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

0.25

0.50

0.60

4.5 O 1.00

Table 82.

78


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Rectangular section Table 84.

Nominal

1.4

1.6

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

Trapezium

notation

Trap. 2.5

Trap. 3.0

Trap. 3.2

Trap. 3.5

Trap. 4.0

Trap. 4.5

1) TU = Technical Specification

B S

High accuracy

+0.04

-0.06

+0.04

-0.08

Tolerance

Normal

accuracy

+ 0.04 -0.08

Nominal

High accuracy

1.0 +0.03 -0.04

1.2

1.4

1.6

2.0

2.5

3.0

+0.04

-0.10 3.2

3.5

+0.04

-0.06

+0.04

-0.08

B S

Tolerance

Normal

accuracy

Nominal Tolerance Nominal Tolerance

2.5

3.0

3.2

3.5

4.0

4.5

High

accuracy

+ 0.04

-0.06

+0.04

-0.08

Normal

accuracy

+0.04

-0.08

+0.06

-0.10

The wire is shipped in coils or spools. The wire is

covered with preservative oil and wrapped in a paper,

followed by a layer of polymer film or non-woven

materials.

STEEL WIRE FOR SPRING WAHSERS

High

accuracy

+0.04

-0.08

+ 0.06

-0.10

Normal

accuracy

Round-up

radius, mm,

not exceeding

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

2.65

3.20

3.40

3.75

4.30

4.80

+0.04 -0.06

+0.04 -0.08

+0.04 -0.08

0.04

-0.08 +0.04

-0.10

0.25

0.50

0.60

1.00

Round-up

radius, mm,

not

exceeding

0.6

+0.06

-0.10 1.0

Table 85.

79


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

ANNEALED STEEL WIRE FOR ALL-METAL SAW BLADE

Annealed steel wire

for all-metal saw blade

TU1) O, V

14-4-1075-80

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of all-metal saw

blade for card wheels.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter, mm

Packing

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter tolerance, mm

(normal accuracy / high accuracy)

1.5 – 1.9 ±0.02 / +0.01 – 0.02

2.0 – 2.4 +0.01 – 0.02 / ±0.02

2.5 – 5.0 ±0.02 / +0.02 – 0.03

Oryol Mill – produces wire of all diameters,

Volgograd Mill: 2.9, 3.0, 3.4, 3.8, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

from 1.5 up to 2.1 incl. – 490 – 640 O

from 2.1 up to 5.0 incl. – 440 – 590 O

440 – 588(45-60) V

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 87.

1.50 – 5.0 Spools up to 1000 – Paraffin paper and packing fabric or polymer film O

1.50 – 5.0 Spools 1000 550

The wire is shipped annealed on spools.

Paraffin paper + polyethylene film V

The wire is covered with preservative oil

Table 86.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

80


Carbon steel wire

for spring expanders

TU 1) 14-4-1875-2003 V

Application area:

Present technical conditions cover the cold-drawn

carbon steel spring wire, cold-drawn intended for

manufacture of oil rings expanders used in VAZ cars.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 88.

Packing Table 89.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

0.8

1.0

Diameter tolerance,

mm

Coils 10 – 50 200

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

Number of twists,

not less than

Number of folds,

not less than

1 2 3 4 5

0.8 +0.005 – 0.02 2060 – 2260 25 17

1) TU = Technical Specification

CARBON STEEL WIRE FOR SPRING EXPANDERS

Preservation. Paraffin paper + polymer film + metal

package (customer property)

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

81


Carbon steel wire

for high pressure hoses

TU 1) 14-4-1109-80 V

Application area:

Present technical conditions cover the carbon colddrawn,

galvanized and brass-coated steel wire,

intended for manufacture of high pressure hoses.

The wire is made of steel grades 55, 60, U9A.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

0.30 ±0.01

Packing Table 91.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg

0.30

Coils

Spools

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter tolerance, mm

Class A Class B

1 – 12

1 – 20

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

+ 0.02

- 0.01

Inside ∅,

mm

140 – 200

CARBON STEEL WIRE FOR HIGH PRESSURE HOSES

Packing

Paper

Cardboard box and pallet V

CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

Table 90.

Wire group Breaking strength Number of twists

1

2

3

15.0 – 18.0

17.5 – 19.9

20.0 – 23.0

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

50

50

40

82


Brass-coated wire

RML – 0.5 V

Application area:

Present technical conditions cover the cold-drawn

brass-coated steel wire, diameter 0.5 mm, intended

for manufacture of high pressure hoses.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties Table 92.

Wire diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Breaking

strength,

N

Number of

twists

0.50 ±0.01 423 – 481 32

• brass composition: 65 – 76% copper, 35 – 24% zinc

• brass coating thickness: not less than 30

micrometers

Packing

BRASS-COATED WIRE

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.50 Spools 20 – 30 Paper + polyethylene + cardboard box

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 93.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

83


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CARBON BRASS-COATED STEEL WIRE FOR HIGH PRESSURE HOSES

Carbon brass-coated steel

wire for high pressure hoses

TU 1) 14-4-1474-87 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for high pressure hoses

manufacture.

The wire is made of carbon steel.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

0.30

Packing

Wire type

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.30 Spools 8 – 30 – Paper in two layers, cardboard box and pallet

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance, mm

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 94.

Breaking strength N (kgs) Number of twists

Class A Class B Class A Class B Class A Class B

RML-1

152 – 173.5 147.2 – 176.6 52 50

RML-2 ±0.01

+0.02

-0.01

174.6 – 195.2 171.7 – 195.2 50 50

RML-3 196.2 – 219.7 196.2 – 225.6 42 40

Table 95.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

84


Nickel steel wire

TU 1) 14-4-1874-2003 V

The wire is intended for lead-in wires of the sources

of light.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

Table 96.

Packing Table 97.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.5

Diameter

tolerance, mm

0.5 ± 0.02

0.6 ± 0.02

0.7 ± 0.02

0.8 ± 0.02

1.0 ± 0.02

1.5 ± 0.02

1.8 ± 0.02

2.0 ± 0.02

0.5

0.6 2.0

0.7 2.0

0.8 Coils

3.0

1.0 Spools

4.0

1.5 7.0

1.8 8.0

2.0 10.0

Tensile strength, N/mm 2

Heat-treated

The wire of interim diameters can be manufactured on customer’s demand.

Diameter tolerance should conform to the one of the closest upper diameter.

The wire core is made of the steel grade Sv-08. Other steel grades of the same

chemical composition can be used.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

200

Annealed,

not less than

NICKEL STEEL WIRE

Relative elongation

for heat-treated

wire, %

362 – 490 588 24 – 35

Paper + non-woven material +

Coils – wooden containers

Spools – metal half-woods

(or cardboard boxes)

85


Brass-coated wire

for high pressure hoses

TU 1) 14-171-6-96 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of oil rings

expanders used in VAZ cars.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

0.40

0.50

0.60

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Group Tensile strength, N/mm 2 Number of

twists

RML -1 2156 – 2500 40

RML -2 2509 – 2852 36

CARBON WIRE FOR NETTING

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 98.

Packing Table 99.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Comments

0.40 – 0.60 Spools 20 – 30 –

Brasscoating

thickness,

mcm

Wire length

in the spool

26260

RML -1 2156 – 2450 33 16880

0.30

RML -2 2460 – 2754 32

RML -1 2156 – 2450 31 11700

RML -2 2460 – 2754 30

Diameter of a wire coil reeled off the spool should be not less than 200 mm.

Additional characteristics are given in plain-text form.

1) TU = Technical Specification

BRASS-COATED WIRE FOR HIGH-PRESSURE HOSES

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

±0.01

Paper in two layers + cardboard box and

polyethylene

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

86


Brass-coated wire

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

BRASS-COATED WIRE FOR HIGH-PRESSURE HOSES

for high-pressure hoses

TU 1) 14-171-46-2002 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for high-pressure hoses

manufacture .

By its mechanical properties the manufactured wire

is classified into groups 1 and 2.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire

diameter,

mm

0.40

0.50

0.60

Packing

Diameter

tolerance,

mm

± 0.01

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.40 – 0.60 Spools

1) TU = Technical Specification

Strength

group

26±2

(10±2)

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

255

(180)

Number of

twists

Knotted

wire

breaking

strength,

%

1 2156 – 2500 40 58.0

2 2509 – 2852 36 58.0

1 2156 – 2500 33 57.0

2 2460 – 2754 32 57.0

1 2156 – 2500 31 52.0

2 2460 – 2754 30 52.0

Paper in two layers + cardboard box and

polyethylene

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 100.

Wire length, m ±4%

on spool of diameter

(reference)

255 mm 180 mm

26260 10101

16800 6494

11700 4505

Table 101.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

87


Carbon steel wire

for flexible shaft

TU 1) 14-4-121-72 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of VAZ car’s

flexible shaft.

The wire of Ø 0.33; 0.38; 2.35 mm is made from

steel grades 45; 50, the wire of Ø 0.45 mm – from

steel grade 10.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

*Comments: twisting of the wire of Ø 2,35 mm is done on the length of 100d.

Packing Table 103.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Inside ∅,

mm

Packing

0.33

0.5 not less

0.38

0.45

Coils

Spools

2.0

2.0

than 8 kg

not less

Preservative oil,

paraffin paper + polyethylene

or fabric

2.35 3.0 than 50 kg

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

CARBON STEEL WIRE FOR FLEXIBLE SHAFT

Numer of twists (on

the length of 76 mm)

not less than

0.33 +0.01

1850 – 2010 45

0.38 -0.005

1700 – 1930 45

0.45 ±0.01 740 – 1180 36

2.35 ±0.02 1240 – 1390 15*

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Table 102.

Relative elongation (on

the length of50 mm), %

not less than

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

1,5

88


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Valve springs wire 70CrMnVA-Sh

TU 1) 14-4-1380-91 V

Application area:

The wire is intended for manufacture of valve

springs.

The wire is manufactured of steel grade 70CrMnVA-Sh.

Present technical conditions cover the tempered

hardened circular section steel wire.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Wire diameter and tolerance

Wire

diameter, mm

2.50

2.70

2.80

3.0

3.17

3.43

3.50

3.60

3.80

4.0

4.20

4.50

4.75

4.80

1) TU = Technical Specification

Diameter

tolerance

±0.03

+0.03

-0.02

Table 104.

VALVE SPRINGS WIRE 70CRMNVA-SH

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

89


Mechanical properties

Wire diameter, mm

2.50 – 3.17

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Packing Table 106.

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Packing

0.40 – 0.60 Spools

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

1700 – 1830

3.43 1666 – 1813

3.50

3.60

3.80

4.0

4.20

4.50

1640 – 176

1620 – 1740

4.75 –

Length of

sample, mm

260

Tensile

stress,

N

Twisting

Not less than 100 kg

(coils of a weight not less than 25 kg are

allowed in amount not exceeding 5% of the

whole lot)

Number of twists

in forward direction in reverse direction

not less than

150 7 17

Preservative oil,

paraffin paper + polyethylene

or fabric

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

200

380 250

4.80 – 10

Tensile strength tolerance on one coil should not

exceed 70 N/mm 2 .

VALVE SPRINGS WIRE 70XGFA-SH

7

13

Table 105.

90


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

WIRE FOR CONTROL CABLES OF TRACTORS AND AGRICULTURAL MACHINES

Wire for control cables of

tractors and agricultural

machines

TU 1) 14-4-1521-2002 V

The wire is made of steel grade 60 hardened and

tempered.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Wire diameter,

mm

Wire out-of-roundness should not exceed half of

the sum of diameter tolerances.

Packing

1) TU = Technical Specification

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

0.90 1860 – 2060

1.0 1810 – 2010

1.20 1770 – 1960

1.40 1720 – 1910

∅, mm Type Weight, kg Inside ∅, mm Packing

0.90 Coils 51

1.0 Coils 50

1.20 Coils 46

1.40 Coils 43

Tensile strength

tolerance, not

exc, N/mm 2

550

(weight

tolerance+2 kg)

Table 107.

Relative

restiction,

not less than,

%

100 50

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Diameter and tolerance

Wire diameter,

mm

Diameter

tolerance

0.90 +0,01

-0,03

1.0

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

1.20

1.40

Table 109.

Preservative oil,

paraffin paper +

polyethylene or fabric

±0,02

91

Table 108.


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

COTTON BALING BELTS

Cotton baling belts

TS 71915393-011-2005; TU 1) 14-71915393-011-2005

Steel belts for cotton baling are made of steel grade 45.

Chemical composition is given in Table 1.

Mechanical properties

Thickness,

mm

Width, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Length,

mm

0.78 19.0 2395

Thickness,

mm

+0.04;

-0.02

Belts are coated with anti-corrosion lacquer.

Packing:

1. Belts are shipped in lots. One lot size– wooden

container, maximum weight 1000 kg.

2. Wooden container is covered with crepe paper or

other paper of the same protective characteristics

followed by a layer of PVC film.

Tolerance on:

Width,

mm

Length,

mm

Joint breaking

strength, N,

not less than

Medium- &

high-carbon

steel wire

Belt edge

crookedness,

mm,

not exc.

±0.2 ±5.0 16200 5

Table 110.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

92


Netting


Netting

Product range

1. Single-plaited steel netting GOST 1) 5336-80.

2. Single-plaited steel netting with protective

coverings TU 2) 14-178-287-2003.

3. Double-stranded hexagonal netting

4. Constructions of hexagonal netting

(GOST R 52132-2003)

General information

Due to its construction specifics, steel netting is

widely used in various industries: mechanical

engineering, the building sector, metallurgy, the

mineral resources industry, agriculture and the food

industry.

Its strength, elasticity, high transparency and

capacity to hold up particles of given dimensions

allows use of the nettings for:

• granular materials classification based on particle

dimensions;

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

2) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Netting

• conveyer belt manufacture;

• fencing manufacture;

• concrete reinforcing;

• heat insulation;

• plastering;

• banks and shores consolidation, construction of

special installations against landslides;

• erosion-prevention and landscaping work.

Steel nettings differ in wire material, wires connection

type and mesh shape and dimensions.

At present, joint-stock company “Severstal-metiz”

offers the following nettings:

• plaited nettings;

• nettings welded at the intersection;

• corrugated wire nettings;

• landscape hexagonal nettings and constructions

of hexagonal nettings.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

94


Single-plaited steel netting

GOST 1) 5336-80

Netting description:

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

SINGLE-PLAITED STEEL NETTING

Diamond mesh Square mesh

The nettings are manufactured either with diamond

(rhomb’s acute angle equals 60º) meshes or with

square (angles equal 90º) meshes from non-heattreated

wire without coating, or coated with zinc to

TU 2) 14-4-1563-89; available in compact and normal

rolls.

Gauge and geometrics of the nettings are given in Table 1 on

the next page.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

2) TU = Technical Specification

Application area:

Netting

Figure 1.

The netting is suitable for excavation fixing in the

mineral resources industry, materials bolting in the

construction industry, for plastering reinforcement in

the construction industry, for heat-shielding of

industrial equipment and pipelines. It can also be

used for fencing manufacture in agriculture,

mechanical and power engineering.

Clarification

of netting naming structure:

Diamond mesh netting No 15 made from non-heattreated

wire without coating, of a diameter of 1.6 mm,

group 2:

Netting 2-D-15-1.6 GOST 5336-80

The same netting, made from a zinc-coated wire:

Netting 2-D-15-1.6-Z GOST 5336-80

Square mesh netting No 20, made from a zinc-coated

wire of a diameter of 2.0 mm:

Netting 20-2.0-Z GOST 5336-80

Square mesh netting No 35 in compact rolls, made

from a zinc-coated wire of a diameter of 2.5 mm:

Netting 35-2.5-Z-C GOST 5336-80

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

95


Gauge and geometrics of the nettings Table 1.

Netting

No

5

Wire diameter, mm

Without coating Coated with zinc

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Diamond mesh

Breadth, mm

Estimated weight

of 1 m², kg

6 1.2

3.583

1000

8 2.780

8 1.4 –

3.800

10 1.2

Netting

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

3.798

2.045

10 1.4 1000, 1500

2.713

12 1.4 2.243

15 1.6 1.6 1000, 1500 2.466 (2.570)

Square mesh

20

1000, 1500 2.500 (2.660)

2.0 2.0

25

2.150 (2.169)

1000, 1500, 2000

25 2.5 2.5 3.360 (3.360)

35 2.0 2.0

1.429 (1.560)

1000, 2000

35 2.5 2.5 2.440 (2.440)

45 2.0 − 1.190

45 2.5 2.5

1.870 (1.790)

1500, 2000

45 3.0 3.0 2.465 (2.700)

50 2.5 − 1.680

50 3.0 3.0

2.352 (2.420)

1500. 2000

60 3,0 – 2.000

100 5,0 – 2000, 2500, 3000 3.361

Comment: Values in parenthesis relate to the netting made from zinc-coated wire.

SINGLE-PLAITED STEEL NETTING

96


Single-plaited steel netting

with protective coverings

TU 1) 14-178-287-2003

Application area:

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

SINGLE-PLAITED STEEL NETTING

Diamond mesh Square mesh

The netting is suitable for excavation fixing in the

mineral resources industry, materials bolting in the

construction industry, for reinforcement during

plastering in the construction industry, for heat-

shielding of industrial equipment and pipelines, and

for fencing manufacture in agriculture, mechanical

and power engineering.

Clarification

of netting naming structure:

Diamond mesh netting No 15 made from a non-heattreated

wire without coating, of a diameter of 1.2 mm,

group 2:

Netting 2-D-15-1.2 TU 14-178-287-2003

Square mesh netting No 20, made from a zinc-coated

wire of a diameter of 1.6 mm:

Netting 20-1.6-Z TU 14-178-287-2003

Square mesh netting No 45 made from a wire with

low-pressure polyethylene coating of a diameter of

2.8 mm:

Netting 45-2.8-P TU 14-178-287-2003

The same netting, in compact rolls:

Netting 45-2.8-P-C TU 14-178-287-2003

1) TU = Technical Specification

Netting description:

Netting

Figure 2.

The nettings are manufactured either with diamond

(rhomb’s acute angle equals 60º) meshes or with

square (angles equal 90º) meshes from non-heattreated

wire without coating, or coated with zinc to

TU 14-4-1563-89 and from a wire with low-pressure

polyethylene coating (HDPE) to TU 14-178-290-95;

available in compact and normal rolls.

Gauge and geometrics of the nettings are given in Table 2 on

the next page.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

97


Gauge and geometrics of the nettings Table 2.

Netting

No

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Wire diameter, mm

BRIGHT SINGLE-PLAITED STEEL NETTING

Without coating Woated with zinc Coated with polymer

Diamond mesh

Netting

Comment:

Values in parenthesis relate to the netting made from zinc-coated wire, values in brackets relate to the netting made from polymeric

coated wire.

Other dimension-types are possible according to the customer’s demand.

Estimated weight

of 1 m², kg

5 1.4 – – 5.283

15 1.2 – – 1.314

Square mesh

20 1.6 1.6 – 1.660 (1.605)

35 1.6 1.6 – 0.888 (0.937)

35 – – 2.5 (1.324)

45 – 2.0 – (1.190)

45 – – 2.8 (1.324)

50 – 2.5 – (1.680)

50 – – 2.8 (1.324)

80 5.0 – – 3.740

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

98


Double-stranded

hexagonal netting

TU 1) 14-178-351-98

Figure 3.

S 2

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

d 1

S 1

Netting description is given in Table 3; mechanical

properties, zinc coating density and polymeric coating

thickness are given in Table 4 on the next page.

d

DOUBLE-STRANDED HEXAGONAL NETTING

Application area:

Netting

The netting is suitable for netting constructions and

fencing manufacture.

The nettings are classified according to the wire

coating used:

• without coating;

• zinc-coated wire, coating group 1 – 01;

• zinc-coated wire, coating group 2 – 02;

• zinc-coated wire, coating group 3 – 03;

• zinc-coated wire with polymeric coating – 01P,

02P, 03P.

Clarification

of netting naming structure:

Netting with a mesh dimension of 80×100 mm made

from a wire without coating of a diameter of 2.2 mm

and a breadth of 3000 mm to TU 17-178-351-98:

Netting 8×10-2.2-3000 TU 14-178-351-98

Netting with a mesh dimension of 80×100 mm made

from a zinc-coated wire of the 1st class of coating of

a diameter of 2.2 mm and a breadth of 3000 mm to

TU 17-178-351-98:

Netting 8×10-2.2-01-3000 TU 14-178-351-98

Netting with a mesh dimension of 80×100 mm made

from a zinc-coated polymeric wire of the 1st class of

coating of a diameter of 2.2 mm and a breadth of

3000 mm to TU 17-178-351-98:

Netting 8×10-2.2/3.2-01P-3000 TU 14-178-351-98

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

99


Netting type

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Wire diameter, mm

Netting, d Edge, d 1

8×10 – 2.0

2.40

2.00

8×10 – 2.0 2.50

8×10 – 2.2

2.70

2.20

8×10 – 2.2 2.80

Mesh size

S 1 , mm

DOUBLE-STRANDED HEXAGONAL NETTING

Netting description Table 3.

Netting

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

S 2 ,

mm

Cloth breadth,

B, mm

Weight of

1 m², kg

0.839

1.028

8×10 – 2.4 2.40

1.232

3.00 80.0 100 230 – 4000

8×10 – 2.5 2.50 1.342

8×10 – 2.7 2.70 3.40 1.500

8×10 – 2.8 2.80

1.697

3.90

8×10 – 3.0 3.00 1.958

8×10 – 2.7/3.7 2.70 3.40 1.666

Netting mechanical properties Table 4.

Nominal

diameter of

the resulting

wire, mm

Tolerance

on diameter,

mm

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

Elongation,

%,

not less than

Zinc coating

density, g/m 2 ,

not less than

01 02 03

2.0 50 90 240

2.2 ±0,06

2.4 60 100

Spiral winding,

shank diameter

(number of turns)

2.5 350 − 550 12 260 5d (6)

2.7

2.8 ±0,08

3.0 70 110 275

3.4 ±0,10

3.9 80 120 290

The netting is manufactured in rolls. The length of the

netting roll must be within a range of 25 − 100 m.

Nettings manufacture of shorter length and in carts

is possible on the customer’s demand.

The weight of one netting roll should not exceed

1000 kg.

100


Constructions

of hexagonal netting

TU 1) 14-178-350-98

Application area:

Constructions of hexagonal netting are suitable for

bank-, slope- and ditch consolidation, ground

reinforcing, and other construction works.

Constructions of hexagonal netting are classified by

mesh shape and mesh number:

• box-like structures of hexagonal netting (B);

• box-like structures of hexagonal netting with

internal partitions (BP);

• multicellular structures of hexagonal netting with

internal partitions (MP);

• box-like structures of hexagonal netting with

cores and a reinforcing board (RP).

Clarification of naming structure:

Box-like structures of hexagonal netting of the

following dimensions – length 2 m, width 1 m, height

0,5 m made from zinc-coated wire of the 1 st class of

coating of a diameter of 2.7 mm:

Structure B – 2×1×0.5 – 2.7 – 01

TU 14-178-350-98.

Box-like structures of hexagonal netting of the

following dimensions – length 2 m, width 1 m, height

0.5 m made from zinc-coated wire of the 1 st class of

coating of a diameter of 2.7 mm, with a polymeric

coating:

Structure B – 2×1×0.5 v – 2.7/3.7 – 01P

TU 14-178-350-98.

Box-like structures of hexagonal netting with two

internal partitions of the following dimensions –

length 3 m, width 1 m, height 0.5 m, made from

zinc-coated wire of the 1 st class of coating of a

diameter of 2.7 mm, with a polymeric coating:

Structure BP2 – 3×1×0.5 – 2.7/3.7 – 01P

TU 14-178-350-98.

Multicellular structures of hexagonal netting with 4

internal partitions of the following dimensions –

length 5 m, width 2 m, height 1 m, made from zinccoated

wire of the 3 rd class of coating of a diameter

of 3.0 mm:

Structure MP4 – 5×2×1 – 3.0 – 03

TU 14-178-350-98.

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CONSTRUCTIONS OF HEXAGONAL NETTING

Netting

Box-like structures of hexagonal netting with internal

partition and a reinforcing board of the following

dimensions – length 2 m, width 1 m, height 1 m, the

length of reinforcing board – 6 m, made from zinccoated

wire of the 2 nd class of coating of a diameter

of 3.0 mm, with a polymeric coating.

Structure RP1 - 6×2×1×1 – 3.0/4.0 – 02P

TU 14-178-350-98.

Constructions of hexagonal netting are made of

hexagonal netting with a mesh dimension of 8×10 to

TU 14-178-351-98. Coating type is specified in the

order.

To form a construction, the netting is bent. End walls

and partitions are sewn to the netting with a load

binder.

Netting edges not fixed with a binder are fixed with a

shank of a diameter equal to the binder diameter.

The whole construction is packed up. When packing

up a construction, the end walls and partitions

fastened to the base are put on the bottom, the

sidewalls and the cover are consequently bent to the

angle of 180º until the necessary size is achieved.

Constructions packed this way form a package of a

weight not exceeding 1500 kg.

Tolerance on construction dimensions is ±5 %.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

101


Netting

Basic dimensions of a box-like structure of hexagonal netting Table 5.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue


Dimensions, m Weight of structure*, kg, made from

Length L

Breadth B

Drawing

Height H



Zinc-coated wire Polymer-coated wire

(netting wire diameter) / load binder diameter, mm

(2.7) / 2.2 (2.8) / 2.2 (3.0) / 2.4 (3.0) / 2.5 (2.7/3.7) / 2.4 (2.7/3.7) / 2.5

1 1 0.5 6.9 7.3 8.0 8.8 8.4 9.2

1.5 1 0.5 9.6 10.2 11.0 12.1 11.6 12.8

1 1 1 10.4 11.0 12.0 13.2 12.6 13.9

2 1 0.5 13.5 14.3 16.0 17.6 16.5 18.1

3 1 0.5 18.5 19.6 21.7 23.9 22.6 24.9

1.5 1 1 15.1 16.0 17.3 19.0 18.4 20.2

2 1 1 18.5 19.6 21.4 23.5 22.6 24.9

4 1 0.5 23.8 25.2 27.5 30.2 29.2 32.1

3 1 1 25.1 26.6 29.0 31.9 30.9 34.0

4 1 1 31.8 33.7 36.2 39.8 39.2 43.1

* ) Reference value.

CONSTRUCTIONS OF HEXAGONAL NETTING

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

102


Basic dimensions of a box-like structure of hexagonal netting

with internal partitions

Drawing

Dimensions, m

Length L

Breadth B

* ) Reference value.

Height H

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue


Number of internal

partitions, pieces



CONSTRUCTIONS OF HEXAGONAL NETTING

Weight of structure*, kg, made from

Zinc-coated wire Polymer-coated wire

(netting wire diameter) / load binder diameter, mm

Netting

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 6.

(2.7) / 2.2 (2.8) /2.2 (3.0) / 2.4 (3.0) / 2.5 (2.7/3.7) / 2.4 (2.7/3.7) / 2.5

2 1 0.5 1 14.5 15.4 17.1 18.8 17.1 18.8

3 1 0.5 2 20.4 21.6 23.8 26.2 24.7 27.2

2 1 1 1 20.4 21.6 23.2 25.5 23.6 26.0

4 1 0.5 3 26.5 28.1 30.4 33.4 30.6 33.7

3 1 1 2 28.6 30.3 33.1 36.4 33.6 37.0

4 1 1 3 35.3 37.4 40.2 44.2 41.8 46.0

103


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue



CONSTRUCTIONS OF HEXAGONAL NETTING

Basic dimensions of a multicellular structure of hexagonal netting

with internal partitions

Dimensions, m

Length L

Drawing

Breadth B

* ) Reference value.

Height H

Number of internal

partitions, pieces

Netting

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Weight of structure*, kg, made from

Zinc-coated wire Polymer-coated wire

(netting wire diameter) / load binder diameter, mm

Table 7.

(2.7) / 2.2 (2.8) / 2.2 (3.0) / 2.4 (3.0) / 2.5 (2.7/3.7) / 2.4 (2.7/3.7) / 2.5

2 1 0.17 1 9.0 9.5 10.4 11.4 10.9 12.0

3 2 0.5 2 35.9 38.0 43.6 48.0 42.4 46.6

4 2 0.5 3 47.1 49.9 56.4 62.0 55.3 60.8

3 2 1 2 48.9 51.8 54.7 60.2 56.0 61.6

5 2 0.5 4 57.7 61.2 68.1 74.9 68.3 75.1

4 2 1 3 64.2 68.0 72.6 79.9 73.6 81.0

5 2 1 4 78.9 83.6 89.4 98.3 89.5 98.4

104


Basic dimensions of a multicellular structure

of hexagonal netting with internal partitions



� �

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

� �

Dimensions, m

Reinforcing

Box-like structure

board

Number of internal

Length, L

Drawing

Breadth, B

* ) Reference value.

Height, H

Length, L 1

Breath, B 1

partitions, pieces

� �

CONSTRUCTIONS OF HEXAGONAL NETTING

Netting

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

� �

Weight* of structure

(made from polymer-coated wire), kg

(netting wire diameter) / load binder

diameter, mm

(3.0/4.0) /2.8

2 1 1 6 2 1 54.4

R – reinforcing board made of a double-stranded netting;

P – partition made of a double-stranded netting.

Table 8.

105


Ropes


Ropes

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

ROPES /OVERVIEW

Ropes

Joint-stock company “Severstal-metiz” manufactures a wide

range of steel ropes:

Manufactured ropes are of different types and constructions; they differ in the cross-section shape of the

rope elements and the rope itself, and in the physical and mechanical properties of rope wires and cores.

Core

Ropes range.

Rope

1. by structure:

• single-laid (helical) ropes – composed of one or

more helically laid concentric wire layers;

• double-laid ropes – composed of strands twisted

in one or more concentric layers;

• thrice-laid ropes – composed of double-laid

ropes, twisted in a concentric layer.

2. by strands, twist types, and single-laid ropes

types:

• ropes with a punctual contact of wires between

layers;

• ropes with a linear contact of wires between layers;

• ropes with a linear contact of wires between layers

the wire diameter being the same in the strand;

• ropes with a linear contact of wires between layers

the wire diameter varying in the outer strand layer;

• ropes with a linear contact of wires between layers

and infilling wires;

• ropes with a linear contact of wires between layers,

when inside a strand there are layers with wires of

different diameter and layers with wires of the

same diameter;

• ropes with a combined punctual and linear

contact of wires.

Strand

3. by cross-section shape:

• round-strand ropes;

• profiled strand ropes.

4. by rotation extent:

• rotating ropes (with the same lay direction in

single-laid ropes, strands);

• non-rotating ropes (multi-layer, multi-strand and

single-laid ropes with opposite lay direction

through layers).

5. by core material:

• fibre core ropes (fibre core is made from natural

or synthetic materials);

• steel core ropes.

6. by twisting method:

• untwisting-resistant ropes;

• non untwisting resistant ropes.

7. by balance degree:

• peened ropes;

• plain ropes.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Wire

Inner Layer

107


8. by lay direction:

• right-laid ropes;

• left-laid ropes.

9. by combination of rope’s lay direction and

lay direction of its elements:

• cross-laid ropes (rope lay direction is opposite to

strand lay direction);

• single-laid ropes (strand lay direction and wire lay

direction coincide).

10. by mechanical properties:

• ropes of grade BK, B, I.

Lay direction and combination of lay directions:

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

11. by coating of the rope’s wires:

• ropes of wires with uncoated finish;

• ropes of wires with zinc-coated finish: with

different zinc surface density.

12. by use:

• cargo and human lifting applicable;

• cargo lifting applicable.

13. by accuracy of manufacture:

• ropes of normal accuracy;

• ropes of high accuracy.

Left cross lay Right cross lay

Left lang lay Right lang lay

The rope length is defined by the customer’s length

tolerance:

• for ropes with a length < 400 m

– not exceeding ± 5%.

• for ropes with a length > 400 m – not exceeding

± 20 m on each 1000 m or parts thereof.

When the length is not defined, the rope is manufactured

of a length not less than 200 m. Custom ropes

with the length less than 200 m can be manufactured

on request.

In case a multiple length or an installed length is given,

and a rope is manufactured of an overall length, the

manufacturer marks with wire bracelets at the required

lengths.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Ropes

Mechanical properties of the wires entering the rope

meet the requirements GOST 1) 7372-79 or DIN 2078.

Tensile strength tolerance limits of the wires, with

exception of the core and infilling wires, are given in

the table below.

Tolerance on

rope tensile strength

Wire diameter,

mm (inclusive)

Tolerance on wire tensile strength,

N/ mm 2

1570 N/ mm 2 1770 N/ mm 2

< 0,5 +400 +400

from 0.5 to 1.0 +350 +350

from 1.0 to 2.0 +300 +300

2.0 and more +250 +250

The wire is to DIN 2078

ROPES /OVERVIEW

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 1.

108


Ropes range and application areas

Application area GOST 1)

Lightning-protection ropes for power lines 3062-80, 3063-80, 3064-80

Bracing wires, standing rigging, etc.

Cargo and cargo & human lifting machines 2688-80, 3077-80

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Ropes

3062-80, 3063-80, 3064-80, 2668-80, 3066-80, 3069-80, 3077-80,

3081-80, 14954-80

Aerial ropeways 2688-80, 3069-80, 3077-80, 3090-73

Cable cranes 2688-80, 3077-80, 3090-73

Boat hoists

3066-80, 3069-80, 3077-80, 3081-80, 3083-80, 7668-80, 14954-80,

3062-80, 3063-80, 2688-80

Non-critical cargo lifting 3067-88, 3068-68, 3070-88, 3071-88

Pick-and-place machines 3077-80, 7668-80

Shaft hoisting installations 2668-80, 3077-80, 7668-80, 7669-80, 3090-73, TU 14-4-1475-88

Earth-moving vehicles 7668-80, 3081-80, 7669-80, 14954-80

Timber rafting 3083-80, 7665-80, 14954-80, 3064-80, 2668-80, 7668-80

Tie-down and tow ropes 3083-80

Elevator ropes 3077-80, 2688-80, 7665-80

Block and tackle 7665-80, 3069-80, 2688-80

Blast-furnace (skip) hoisting 7665-80, 7668-80, 2668-80

Mine (inclined) hoisting 7667-80, 2688-80, 3077-80, 7669-80

Road vehicles 7667-80, 7669-80, 14954-80, 2688-80

Metallurgical cranes 7667-80, 7668-80, 7669-80, 2668-80

Timber and woodworking industries 14954-80

Rope guides 18901-73, 7675-73, 3090-73 – closed ropes

Brake ropes 3077-80

Balance ropes 7668-80

Shaft sinking (for equipment hanging) 7668-80

Drilling Rigs 2688-80, 16853-88

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

ROPES /OVERVIEW

Table 2.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

109


Zinc surface density

Wire diameter, mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

C (commercial

galvanizing)

CHARACTERISTICS OF MANUFACTURED ROPES

Zinc surface density, g/m 2 , not less than, for wire group

M (medium thickness

galvanizing)

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 3.

H (heavy galvanizing)

0.20 up to 0.24 15 20 30

> 0.24 up to 0.32 20 25 45

> 0.32 up to 0.38 20 25 60

> 0.38 up to 0.45 30 40 75

> 0.45 up to 0.55 35 40 90

> 0.55 up to 0.65 40 50 110

> 0.65 up to 0.75 40 60 120

> 0.75 up to 0.95 50 70 130

> 0.95 up to 1.15 60 80 150

> 1.15 up to 1.40 60 90 165

> 1.40 up to 1.80 70 100 180

> 1.80 up to 2.40 80 110 205

> 2.40 up to 3.00 90 125 230

> 3.00 up to 3.80 100 135 230

> 3.80 up to 4.40 110 150 245

> 4.40 up to 5.10 110 165 245

Technical requirements.

Steel ropes are manufactured in compliance with

GOST 1) 3241-91, GOST 18899-73 or DIN 3051

from the wire GOST 7372-79, STP 171-20-2003

or DIN 2078.

110


Protective rope grease

The rope grease variant should be stipulated on

order placement and indicated in the specification

(see Table 4).

Rope grease variants other than available should be

also detailed in specification. When a rope grease

variant is not stipulated, the rope will be greased in

accordance with code A2, a grease excess being

removed.

Codes of rope grease variants

Grease

code

Fiber core

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Metal core

CHARACTERISTICS OF MANUFACTURED ROPES

of strand as a whole

Rope strands Rope

S(A) not greased not greased not greased not greased not greased

A0 greased greased not greased not greased not greased

A1 greased greased not greased greased not greased

A2 greased greased greased greased greased

A3 greased greased not greased not greased greased

A4 not greased not greased greased greased not greased

A5 not greased not greased greased greased greased

A6 not greased not greased greased not greased greased

Manufactured ropes satisfy the requirements on diameter tolerances as specified in tables 5, 6, 7 and 8.

Diameters and tolerances of double laid ropes GOST 1) 3241-91

Rope diameter, mm

under 3.0

> 3.0 up to 6.0

> 6.0 up to 8.0

> 8.0

Diameter tolerance, %, not more, for ropes of

high accuracy standard accuracy

steel core fiber core steel core fiber core

+7

-1

+6

-1

+5

-1

+4

-1

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

+6

+5

+10

-2

+6

-2

+10

+7

Table 4.

Table 5.

111


Diameters and tolerances of single laid ropes

Diameters and tolerances of ropes DIN 3051

DIN

Rope diameter, mm

under 1.5 +5

> 1.5 up to 8.0 +4

> 8.0 up to 16.0 +4

> 16.0 +3

Rope

diameter,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CHARACTERISTICS OF MANUFACTURED ROPES

Table 7.

Table 6.

Diameter tolerance, %, not more, for ropes of

high accuracy standard accuracy

Diameter tolerance, %,

not more, for ropes with

steel core fiber core

1 2 3 4

3052

3053

3054

3055

0.8 − 1.5

2 − 7.0

1 − 1.5

2 − 17

18 − 25

3 − 16

18 − 36

2 − 3

4 − 5

6 − 7

8 − 22

+8/0

+7/0

+6/0

+5/0

+5/0

+4/0

+5/0

+4/0

+3/0

+4/0

+3/0

+8/0

+7/0

+6/0

+5/0

3057 12.0 – 44.0 +5/0 +5/0

3058

3059

3060

3062

6 – 7

8 – 36

6 – 7

8 – 36

3

4 – 5

6 – 7

8 – 56

+6/0

+5/0

+6/0

+5/0

+8/0

+7/0

+6/0

+5/0

+6/0

+5/0

+6/0

+5/0

+8/0

+7/0

+6/0

+5/0

28 − 44 V

10 − 15 Ch +5/0 +5/0

3064 12.0 − 56.0 +5/0 +5/0

3066

6 − 7

8 − 44

+6/0

+5/0

+6/0

+5/0

3069 18 − 28 +5/0 +5/0

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

+10

-2

+10

-2

+6

-2

+6

-2

The rope length is specified by customer. Length

tolerance:

– for rope length < 400 m + 5%

– for rope length > 400 m + 20 m

on each 1000 m or its parts.

When the rope length is not specified, the rope is

manufactured of a length conditioned by characteristics

of used equipments for ropes twisting and the

rope diameter. Custom ropes of a length less than

200 m are manufactured on customer’s demand.

In case a multiple length or an installed length is given

and a rope is manufactured of an overall length, the

manufacturer hitches the wire bracelets at the length

scales given.

112


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CHARACTERISTICS OF MANUFACTURED ROPES

Tolerance on wire tensile strength. The wire is to GOST 1) 7372-79

Wire diameter, mm

(inclusive)

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Tolerance on wire tensile strength, %

BK B I

under 0.75 18 20 23

> 0.75 up to 1.6 16 18 21

> 1.6 up to 1.8 15 17 19

> 1.8 14 16 18

Tolerance on wire tensile strength. The wire is to DIN 2078

Wire diameter, mm (inclusive)

Tolerance on wire tensile strength, N/ mm 2 , for marking groups

1570 N / mm 2 1770 N / mm 2

0.2 < 0.5 +390 +390

0.5 < 1.0 +350 +350

1.0 < 1.5 +320 +320

1.5 < 2.0 +290 +290

2.0 < 6.0 +260 +260

Tolerance on wire tensile strength (shielded ropes).

The wire is to STP 171-20-2003

Wire type

Round section wire

Fashion shaped wire

Tolerance values are rounded off to the bigger value.

Zinc surface density and its adherence to the steel

base meet the requirements GOST 7372-79,

STP 171-20-2003 and DIN 2078.

Tolerance on wire tensile strength, % from wire grade group

Grade B Grade I

16 20

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 8.

Table 9.

Table 10.

113


Identification marking

Each rope is supplied with a metallic label which

specifies:

• manufacturer logotype

• rope number according to manufacturer

enumeration system

• rope design letters;

• rope (or ropes cracker line) length, starting from

the drum neck, m;

• gross weight, kg;

• rope manufacture date.

Packing

Ropes are wound on wooden drums to GOST 11127-78,

or on metallic drums, and on return drums in

predefined order, or wound in hanks.

Hank overall dimensions:

• Outer diameter – not exceeding 1200 mm,

• Height – not exceeding 800 mm,

• Inner diameter should not exceed 15 nominal

rope diameters.

Hank neck diameter – not less than 15 nominal rope

diameters. Hank edge overhangs the outer layer of

the wound rope on not less than 2 nominal rope

diameters (with a nominal diameter not exceeding

25 mm) and on 500 mm in case the nominal diameter

exceeds 25 mm.

Rope ends are fastened tightly. The outside end is

tied with a fibre core to GOST 5269-93 or other

reference documentation, or with a wire to GOST

3282-74 or other reference documentation, or with a

Symbolic notations used in the catalogue:

Ch – Cherepovets Plant

O – Oryol Plant

V – Volgograd Plant

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CHARACTERISTICS OF MANUFACTURED ROPES

strand, or rope or band to GOST 3560-73, and is

fastened to the inner side of the hank stock.

Ropes

The label is fixed tightly on a drum’s cheek or a rope’s

hank. When winded on metal drum, the label can be

fixed to the rope’s end. Transportation marking –

GOST 1) 14192-96.

On the customer’s demand, hanks of cargo & human

lifting applications are boarded, with a maximum gap

between boards of 50 mm, or the rope is wrapped

with a polymer film to GOST 10354-82 or other

reference documentation, or with a waterproof paper

to GOST 8828-89 or GOST 515-77.

The rope wound in a hank must be firmly tied with a

soft wire to GOST 3282-74 or other reference documentation,

or with a strand or band to GOST 3560-73

or other reference documentation, not less than in 4

points evenly set on the circle.

Ropes dispatched to the far north and regions with

difficult access, as well as ropes shipped by sea,

are delivered in special packing to GOST 15846-79.

LK-R – wires in a strand are in linear contact, outer layer wires are of two diameters;

LK-O – wires in a strand are in linear contact, outer layer wires are of the same diameter;

LK-Z – wires in a strand are in linear contact, wires are revolved to the right;

TK – wires in a strand are in punctual contact;

TLK-O – wires in a strand are in linear and punctual contact, outer layer wires are of the same diameter.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

114


Double laid rope

LK-R type 6×19 (1+6+6/6) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, O, V

2688-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 2688-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3.6 48.8 — — — — 8780 7465

3.8 55.1 — — — — 9930 8400

4.1 64.1 — — — — 11550 9750

4.8 84.4 — — — — 15200 12850

5.1 95.5 — — — — 17200 14600

5.6 116.5 18650 15800 19800 16800 20950 17800

6.2 141.6 22650 19250 24100 20100 25500 21100

6.9 176.6 28300 24000 30050 25500 31800 26300

7.6 211.0 33860 28700 35900 30500 38000 32300

8.3 256.0 41000 34800 43550 36950 46100 38150

9.1 305.0 48850 41500 51900 44100 55000 45450

9.6 358.6 57450 48850 61050 51850 64650 53450

11.0 461.6 73950 62850 78600 66750 83200 68800

12.0 527.0 84450 71750 89700 76200 95000 78550

13.0 596.6 95600 81250 101500 86800 107500 89000

14.0 728.0 116500 98950 123500 105000 131000 108000

15.0 844.0 135000 114500 143500 122000 152000 125500

16.5 1025.0 164000 139000 174000 147500 184500 152000

18.0 1220.0 195500 166000 207500 176000 220000 181500

19.5 1405.0 225000 191000 239000 203000 253000 209000

21.0 1635.0 261500 222000 278000 236000 294500 243500

22.5 1850.0 296000 251000 314500 267000 333000 275000

rope

Table continues on the next page

115


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 2688-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

24.0 2110.0 337500 287000 359000 304500 380000 314000

25.5 2390.0 382500 324500 406500 345000 430000 356000

27.0 2685.0 430000 365000 457000 388000 483500 399500

28.0 2910.0 466500 396000 495500 421000 525000 434000

30.5 3490.0 559000 475000 594000 504500 629000 520000

32.0 3845.0 616000 523500 654500 556000 693000 573000

33.5 4220.0 676000 574000 718000 610500 760500 629000

37.0 5015.0 804000 683000 854000 725000 904500 748000

39.5 5740.0 919500 781500 977000 828000 1030000 856000

42.0 6535.0 1045000 890000 1110000 945000 1175000 975000

44.5 7385.0 1180000 1000000 1255000 1035000 1330000 1075000

47.5 8430.0 1350000 1145000 1435000 1185000 1520000 1230000

51.0 9545.0 1530000 1295000 1625000 1340000 1920000 1395000

56.0 11650.0 1865000 1580000 1980000 1635000 2100000 1705000

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

rope

116


Single laid rope

LK-O type 1×7 (1+6)

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3062-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3062-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

Table continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0.65 2.4 — — — — 476 431

0.75 2.8 — — — — 564 509

0.80 3.3 — — — — 670 607

0.85 3.8 — — — — 776 705

0.90 4.3 781 715 833 764 882 803

1.00 5.6 1015 931 1080 989 1145 1045

1.10 6.2 1125 1025 1195 1095 1270 1155

1.20 7.9 1425 1300 1515 1380 1605 1460

1.40 10.0 1800 1655 1915 1750 2025 1860

1.60 12.3 2225 2035 2365 2165 2500 2260

1.80 17.6 3180 2920 3380 3105 3580 3240

2.00 20.7 3730 3420 3965 3635 4195 3800

2.20 23.9 4310 3955 4580 4200 4850 4400

2.40 31.1 5610 5150 5960 5475 6315 5720

2.80 39.4 7100 6465 7545 6935 7990 7250

3.10 49.2 8870 8150 9425 8670 9980 9070

3.40 59.4 10700 9800 11350 10400 12000 9850

3.70 70.5 12700 11650 13500 12350 14300 12900

4.00 82.5 14850 13650 15800 14550 16750 15150

4.30 95.6 17200 15800 18300 16850 19400 17550

4.60 109.6 19750 18150 21000 19300 22200 20150

4.90 124.6 22450 20600 23850 21950 25250 22900

5.20 140.5 25300 23250 26900 24700 28500 25850

5.50 157.5 28350 26050 30150 27700 31900 28950

rope

117


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3062-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6.20 197.0 35500 32600 37700 34650 39950 36250

6.80 238.0 42850 39350 45500 41800 48200 43800

7.40 282.6 50850 46700 54050 49600 57200 51950

8.00 330.5 59550 54750 63300 58200 67000 60850

8.60 382.1 69000 63450 73300 67400 77600 70450

9.20 438.5 79100 72750 81000 77250 88950 80800

9.80 498.5 89850 82650 95500 85900 101100 91750

10.50 562.0 101000 93200 107500 97750 114000 102000

11.50 700.5 126000 116000 134000 121500 142000 127500

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

rope

118


Single laid rope

TK type 1×19 (1+6+12)

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3063-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3063-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

Table continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1.0 5.2 — — — — 1055 950

1.1 6.3 — — — — 1285 1145

1.2 7.5 — — — — 1530 1370

1.3 8.8 — — — — 1795 1600

1.4 10.1 — — — — 2080 1860

1.5 11.6 2115 1900 2245 2015 2380 2135

1.7 14.9 2725 2450 2895 2595 3065 2750

1.8 16.6 3040 2730 3230 2900 3420 3075

2.0 20.8 3790 3410 4030 3615 4265 3830

2.6 32.3 5910 5310 6280 5640 6650 5880

3.0 46.5 8495 7640 9025 8110 9560 8145

3.3 54.6 9970 8945 10550 9525 11200 9845

3.6 63.2 11550 10300 12250 11000 13000 11450

4.0 82.5 15050 13500 16000 14400 16950 14950

4.6 104.5 19050 17150 20250 18150 21450 18900

5.0 129.8 23650 21200 25100 22550 26600 23350

5.6 156.9 28600 25650 30350 27300 32150 28250

6.1 186.0 33950 30500 36100 32450 38200 33800

6.6 218.5 39850 35800 42350 38050 44850 39600

7.1 253.0 46200 41550 49100 44100 52000 45850

7.6 290.5 53000 47650 56300 50550 59650 52750

8.1 330.0 60300 54200 64050 57600 67800 59950

8.6 372.5 68050 61200 72300 65000 76550 67700

9.1 417.5 76250 68600 81000 72850 85800 75900

rope

119


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3063-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10.0 519.0 94600 85100 100500 94100 106000 93500

11.0 627.4 114000 102000 121500 109000 128500 112500

12.0 746.0 136000 122000 144500 129000 153000 134000

13.0 873.0 159000 143000 169000 151500 179000 158000

14.0 1050.0 184500 166000 196000 176000 207500 183500

15.0 1160.0 212000 190000 225000 202000 238500 210500

16.0 1320.0 241000 216500 256000 226000 271000 236500

17.0 1490.0 272000 244500 289000 255500 306000 267500

19.0 1855.0 339500 305000 361000 318500 382000 334000

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

rope

120


Single laid rope

TK type 1×37 (1+6+12+18)

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3064-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3064-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

Table continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1.6 12.0 — — — — 2485 21058

1.7 14.3 — — — — 2960 2505

1.8 16.8 — — — — 3475 2940

2.0 19.5 — — — — 4035 3430

2.1 22.3 4105 3485 4360 3700 4620 3920

2.4 28.7 5280 4485 5610 4760 5940 5045

2.7 35.9 6600 5605 7010 5945 7425 6300

2.8 39.9 7335 6220 7795 6615 8255 7005

3.6 62.4 11450 9700 12150 10250 12850 10600

4.2 89.6 16450 13950 17450 14800 18500 15250

4.6 105.5 19250 16350 20450 17350 21650 17700

5.0 122.0 22400 19000 23800 20150 25200 20800

5.6 159.5 29250 24800 31050 26350 32900 27100

6.4 201.5 37000 31400 39300 33350 41600 34350

7.0 248.4 45800 38900 48650 41350 51500 42700

7.8 300.4 55400 47000 58850 49950 62300 51650

8.5 359.0 65900 56000 70000 59450 74150 61250

9.2 421.0 77300 65700 82150 69750 87000 71850

9.9 488.0 89650 76100 95250 80900 100500 83050

10.5 560.0 102500 87450 109000 92850 115500 95550

11.5 637.0 117000 98950 124000 105000 131500 108000

12.0 719.0 132000 111500 140000 119000 148500 122500

12.5 806.0 148000 125400 157000 133000 166500 137000

14.0 993.6 183000 155000 194500 165000 206000 170500

rope

121


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are

manufactured from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking

strength of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3064-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

15.5 1200.0 221500 188000 235500 199500 249000 206000

17.0 1425.0 263500 223500 280000 237500 296500 245500

18.5 1685.0 309000 262500 328500 278500 348000 287500

20.0 1955.0 358500 304000 381000 323000 403000 333000

21.0 2240.0 411500 349500 437000 371000 463000 382500

22.5 2550.0 468000 397000 497000 410500 526500 427000

24 2875.0 528000 448500 561000 463500 594500 482000

27 3590.0 659500 560500 701000 579000 742000

rope

122


Double laid rope

LK-O type 6×7 (1+6) + 1×7 (1+6)

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3066-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3066-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

Table continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1.9 14.3 — — — — 2785 2095

2.0 17.3 — — — — 3365 2850

2.2 20.6 — — — — 4000 3390

2.4 24.2 — — — — 4690 3975

2.6 28.0 — — — — 5430 4605

2.8 32.0 5535 4690 5880 4995 6225 5280

3.1 41.1 7100 6025 7545 6405 7990 6780

3.5 51.2 8840 7505 9395 7965 9945 8445

3.8 58.0 10000 8495 10600 9035 11250 9570

4.2 72.0 12600 10650 13400 11350 14200 12000

4.6 90.0 15500 13150 16500 13950 17450 14400

5.6 129.0 22250 18850 23650 20000 25000 20650

6.4 175.0 30150 26600 32050 27150 33950 28050

7.4 228.0 39300 33350 41750 35450 44200 36550

8.2 288.0 49650 42150 52750 44800 55850 46200

9.2 360.0 62150 52750 66000 56050 69900 58000

10.0 435.0 74950 63700 79650 67700 83350 69950

11.0 516.0 89000 75650 94600 80350 100000 82700

12.0 604.0 104000 88250 110500 94100 117000 96850

13.0 699.0 120500 102000 128000 108000 135500 112000

14.0 802.0 138000 117000 147000 124500 155500 128000

15.0 911.0 157000 133000 167000 141500 176500 146000

15.5 1030.0 177000 150000 188000 159500 199500 164500

16.5 1150.0 198500 168500 211000 178500 223500 184500

rope

123


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3066-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

18.5 1441.0 248500 210500 264000 224000 279500 231500

20.0 1739.0 299500 254500 318500 270000 337000 279500

22.0 2065.0 356000 302000 378000 321000 400500 332000

24.0 2420.0 417000 354000 443000 376000 469000 387500

26.0 2800.0 483000 410000 513000 435500 543000 449000

27.5 3210.0 553500 470000 588000 499500 623000 514500

rope

124


Double laid rope

TK type 6×19 (1+6+12) + 1×19 (1+6+12)

GOST1) Ch, V

3067-88

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3067-88

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in

the rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3.1 37.8 — — — — 7440 5950

3.4 45.7 — — — — 8995 7195

3.7 54.4 — — — — 10700 8560

4.0 63.9 — — — — 12550 10000

4.3 74.1 — — — — 14550 11600

4.6 85.0 14800 11800 15750 12600 16700 13350

5.2 109.0 19050 15200 20200 16150 21400 17100

5.8 136.5 23750 19000 25250 20200 26750 21400

6.2 152.0 26550 21200 28200 22550 29850 23850

7.6 237.0 41400 33100 43950 35150 46550 37200

8.4 286.5 50050 40000 53150 42500 56300 45000

9.2 340.0 59450 47550 63200 50550 66900 53500

9.9 399.5 69750 55800 74100 59250 78450 62750

10.5 465.0 81200 64950 86250 69000 91350 73050

12.0 604.0 105500 84400 112000 89600 118500 94800

13.5 763.5 133000 106500 141500 113000 150000 120000

15.0 942.0 164500 131500 174500 139500 185000 148000

16.5 1140.0 199000 159000 211500 169000 224000 179000

18.5 1365.0 238000 190000 252500 202000 267500 214000

Comments: Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the

table can be manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized

ropes is agreed upon placement of order.

rope

125


Double laid rope

TK type 6×37 (1+6+12+18) + 1×37 (1+6+12+18) V

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3068-88

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters other than specified in the table can be manufactured on

customer’s demand.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Marking group, N/mm 2

1570 1770 1960 2160

Total breaking strength of all wires, N, not less than

GOST 3068-88

Maximal

length of

rope, m

4.7 87.7 — 17400 19350 21300 1500

5.1 104.5 — 20700 23000 25350 1500

5.5 122.5 — 24350 27050 29750 1500

5.9 142.5 — 28250 31350 34500 1500

6.4 163.0 — 32400 36000 39600 1500

7.2 209.5 36950 41600 46200 50850 1500

8.0 261.5 46150 51950 57700 63500 1500

8.6 291.0 51400 57800 64250 48500 1500

10.5 454.0 80200 90200 100000 — 1500

13.0 652.5 115000 129500 144000 1500

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

126


Double laid rope

LK-O type 6×7 (1+6) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3069-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3069-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in

the rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2.2 16.2 – – – – 2890 2555

2.3 19.1 – – – – 3420 3035

2.5 22.4 – – – – 4020 3565

2.7 26.0 – – – – 4650 4135

2.9 29.8 4750 4210 5045 4475 5340 4750

3.3 38.2 6080 5405 6460 5730 6840 6085

3.7 47.7 7585 6740 8060 7150 8535 7595

4.0 54.0 8590 7640 9125 8100 9665 8590

4.9 83.7 13300 11850 14150 12550 14950 13050

5.9 120.0 19050 16950 20250 17950 21450 18700

6.8 162.5 25850 22950 27450 24450 29100 25400

7.8 212.0 33700 29950 35800 31850 37900 33100

8.7 267.5 42550 37850 45200 40200 47900 41450

9.7 335.0 53250 47350 56600 50300 59900 52100

10.5 404.0 64250 57150 68300 60750 72300 62900

11.5 479.5 76300 67850 81100 72100 85850 75000

12.5 562.0 89400 79500 94950 84450 100500 87750

13.5 650.0 103500 91950 109500 97650 116000 101000

14.5 745.5 118500 105000 126000 111500 133000 116000

15.5 847.5 134500 119500 143000 126500 151500 132000

16.5 955.5 152000 134500 161500 143000 171000 149000

17.5 1070.0 170000 150500 180500 160500 191500 167000

rope

Table continues on the next page

127


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3069-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in

the rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

19.5 1335.0 213000 189000 226000 201000 239500 208000

21.0 1615.0 257000 228000 273000 242500 289000 251000

23.0 1915.0 305000 271000 324000 288500 343000 298000

25.5 2250.0 357500 317500 379500 337500 402000 351000

27.0 2605.0 414000 368000 439500 391000 465500 406500

29.0 2985.0 474500 421500 504000 448000 533500 465500

rope

128


Double laid rope

TK type 6×19 (1+6+12) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, V

3070-88

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3070-88

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3.3 35.5 – – – – 6385 5490

3.6 42.9 – – – – 7725 6640

3.9 51.0 – – – – 9170 7885

4.2 59.8 – – – – 10750 9245

4.5 69.3 – – – – 12450 10700

4.8 79.6 12700 10900 13500 11600 14300 12250

5.5 102.6 16300 14000 17350 14900 18350 15750

5.8 114.5 18250 15650 19400 16650 20550 17650

6.5 142.5 22750 19550 24200 20800 25600 22000

8.1 222.0 35450 30450 37700 32400 39900 34300

9.7 319.0 50950 43800 54150 46550 57350 49300

13.0 565.5 90450 77750 96100 82600 101500 87250

rope

129


Double laid rope

TK type 6×37 (1+6+12+18) + 1

GOST1) Ch, V

3071-88

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3071-88

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

5.0 82.5 – – – – 14950 12250

5.4 98.1 – – – – 17750 14550

5.8 115.5 – – – – 20850 17050

6.3 134.0 – – – – 24200 19800

6.7 153.0 24650 20200 26200 21450 27750 22750

7.6 197.0 31700 25950 33650 27550 35650 29200

8.5 246.0 39550 32400 42050 34450 44500 36450

9.0 273.5 44050 36120 46800 38350 49550 40600

11.5 427.0 68750 56350 73050 59900 77350 63400

13.5 613.5 98850 81050 105000 86100 111000 91000

15.5 834.5 134000 110000 142500 117000 151000 124000

rope

130


Double laid rope

LK-O type 6×19 (1+9+9) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3077-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3077-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in

the rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

4.6 77.8 – – – – 14000 11550

5.1 95.9 – – – – 17250 14250

5.7 126.0 – – – – 22700 18800

6.4 153.0 – – – – 27550 22800

7.8 220.5 35200 29900 37400 31300 39600 32750

8.8 293.6 46900 29800 49800 42350 52750 43650

10.5 387.5 61950 52650 65850 55950 69700 57560

11.5 487.0 77850 66150 82750 70300 87600 72450

12.0 530.0 84750 72000 90050 76500 95350 78850

13.0 597.3 95550 81100 101500 86150 107000 88700

14.0 719.0 115000 97750 122000 103500 129000 106500

15.0 852.5 136000 115500 144500 122500 153000 126500

16.5 996.5 159000 135000 169000 143500 179000 147500

17.5 1155.0 184000 156000 195500 166000 207000 171500

19.5 1370.0 219000 183000 232500 197000 246000 203500

20.5 1550.0 248000 210500 263500 223500 279000 230500

22.0 1745.0 278500 236500 296000 251000 313500 259000

23.0 1950.0 311500 264500 330500 281000 350000 289500

25.5 2390.0 382000 324500 406000 344500 429500 335500

28.0 2880.0 460000 391000 488500 415500 517500 428000

30.5 3410.0 545000 463500 579000 492000 613500 507500

32.5 3990.0 637500 541500 677500 575500 717500 593000

rope

Table continues on the next page

131


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3077-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in

the rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

35.0 4610.0 737000 626500 783500 665500 829500 686000

37.0 5035.0 805000 684000 855000 726500 905500 749000

39.0 5475.0 876000 744000 930500 790500 985500 815000

40.0 5830.0 933000 792500 991500 841000 1045000 863000

41.0 6200.0 992000 843000 1050000 872000 1115000 906500

43.5 6975.0 1115000 948000 1185000 980000 1250000 1015000

45.0 7370.0 1175000 999500 1250000 1030000 1325000 1075000

46.0 7790.0 1245000 1055000 1320000 1090000 1400000 1135000

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

rope

132


Double laid rope

TLK-O type 6×37 (1+6+15+15) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3079-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3079-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11.5 468.0 73700 62600 73800 66500 82900 68750

13.5 662.5 104000 88650 110500 94200 117000 97100

15.5 851.5 134000 113500 142500 121000 150500 124000

17.0 1065.0 167500 142000 178000 151000 188500 155500

19.5 1350.0 212500 180000 225500 191500 239000 197000

21.5 1670.0 262500 222500 279000 237000 295500 244500

23.0 1930.0 303500 258000 322500 274000 341500 283000

25.0 2245.0 353000 300000 375000 318500 397500 328500

27.0 2650.0 417000 354500 443500 376500 469500 388500

29.0 3015.0 475000 403500 504500 428500 534000 441500

30.5 3405.0 536500 455500 570000 484000 603500 499000

33.0 3905.0 614500 522000 653000 555000 691500 571500

35.0 4435.0 698000 590000 742000 630500 785500 650000

39.0 5395.0 850000 722000 903000 767000 956000 791000

43.0 6675.0 1035000 893000 1115000 949000 1180000 980000

47.0 7845.0 1235000 1045000 1310000 1110000 1390000 1145000

50.0 9110.0 1435000 1215000 1525000 1290000 1610000 1330000

52.0 9910.0 1560000 1320000 1655000 1405000 1755000 1455000

54.0 10600.0 1665000 1415000 1770000 1500000 1875000 1550000

56.0 11450.0 1805000 1525000 1915000 1620000 2030000 1675000

58.0 12050.0 1900000 1610000 2015000 1715000 2135000 1765000

62.0 13950.0 2195000 1860000 2330000 1930000 2470000 2000000

66.5 16450.0 2590000 2195000 2755000 2275000 2915000 2360000

71.0 19200.0 3025000 2565000 3215000 2665000 3405000 2750000

75.0 21150.0 3335000 2830000 3540000 2940000 3750000 3030000

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

rope

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

133


Double laid rope

LK-O type 6×19 (1+9+9) + 7×7 (1+6)

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3081-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3081-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6.4 167.7 – – – – 32250 26650

7.7 238.5 40750 34550 43500 36750 45850 37900

8.6 315.8 54000 45800 57350 48650 60750 50150

10.0 421.5 72000 61200 76500 65000 81000 67000

11.5 529.5 90500 76850 96150 81700 101500 84200

12.5 650.0 111000 94400 118000 99950 124500 103000

14.0 782.5 133500 113500 142000 120500 150500 124000

15.0 927.6 158500 134500 168500 143000 178000 147000

16.5 1085.0 185500 157000 197000 167000 308500 172000

17.5 1255.0 214500 182000 227500 193500 241000 199000

19.0 1485.0 253500 215000 269000 228500 285000 235500

20.5 1681.0 287000 244000 305000 259000 323000 267000

21.5 1890.0 323000 274000 343000 291000 363500 300000

22.5 2115.0 361000 306500 383500 325500 406000 336000

25.0 2560.0 437500 371000 464500 394500 492000 407000

27.5 3050.0 522000 443500 554500 471000 587500 486000

29.5 3630.0 620000 527000 659000 560000 697500 576500

31.5 4251.0 726500 617000 772000 656000 817500 676000

34.0 4923.0 841500 715000 894000 759500 947000 783500

35.5 5415.0 925500 786500 983500 835500 1040000 861500

38.0 5935.0 1010000 861500 1075000 915500 1140000 944000

40.5 6723.0 1145000 974500 1220000 1005000 1290000 1045000

43.0 7584.0 1290000 1090000 1370000 1130000 1450000 1180000

45.5 8605.0 1465000 1240000 1555000 1280000 1650000 1335000

rope

134


Double laid rope

LK-O type 6×30 (0+15+15) + 7 fiber cores

GOST1) Ch, O, V

3083-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3083-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11.5 405.5 62300 52950 66200 56250 70100 58150

13.5 534.0 82000 69550 87100 74000 92250 76500

15.0 721.5 110500 94100 117500 99950 124500 102500

17.0 889.5 136500 115500 145000 122500 153500 126500

19.0 1075.0 165000 140000 175000 148500 185500 153500

21.0 1335.0 205000 173500 217500 184500 230500 191000

23.0 1625.0 249000 211000 264500 224500 280500 232000

25.0 1870.0 287000 244000 305000 259000 323000 267500

26.5 2135.0 328000 278000 348500 295500 369000 303500

28.5 2495.0 383000 325000 407000 345500 431000 357500

30.5 2800.0 430000 365500 457000 388500 484000 401000

32.5 3125.0 479500 407500 509500 433000 539500 456000

34.5 3555.0 546000 464000 580500 492500 614500 509500

38.0 4305.0 660500 561000 701500 596000 743000 616000

42.0 5345.0 820000 696500 871000 740000 922500 765000

46.0 6240.0 958500 814000 1015000 861500 1075000 894500

48.0 6715.0 1050000 891000 1115000 949500 1180000 980000

50.0 7490.0 1145000 974500 1220000 1030000 1290000 1065000

53.5 8550.0 1310000 1105000 1390000 1180000 1475000 1220000

57.0 9985.0 1530000 1300000 1625000 1380000 1725000 1430000

61.0 11200.0 1720000 1460000 1825000 1550000 1935000 1600000

65.0 12450.0 1915000 1625000 2035000 1725000 2155000 1785000

rope

135


Double laid triangular

stranded rope

6×30 (6+12+12) + 1 fiber core V

GOST 1) 3085-88 V

Rope diameter,

mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope, kg

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters other than specified in the table can be manufactured on

customer’s demand.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Marking group, N/mm 2

1570 1770

Total breaking strength of all wires,

N, not less than

Variant 1

GOST 3085-88

Maximal length of

rope, m

21.5 2105.0 351000 395000 1500

23.0 2385.0 348500 398500 1500

25.0 2745.0 401000 458000 1500

27.5 3340.0 487500 557000 1500

30.0 3990.0 582500 665500 1500

33.0 4700.0 686000 784000 1500

35.5 5470.0 798000 912000 1500

38.5 6565.0 958000 1095000 1500

40.5 7465.0 1085000 1245000 1500

43.5 8425.0 1225000 1405000 1200

Variant 2

21.5 2105.0 307000 326000

23.0 2385.0 301500 344500 1500

25.0 2745.0 345000 394500 1500

27.5 3340.0 422000 482000 1500

30.0 3999.0 506500 578500 1500

33.0 4700.0 598000 684500 1500

35.5 5470.0 699000 798500 1500

38.5 6565.0 832000 951000 1500

40.5 7465.0 949500 1085000 1500

43.5 8425.0 1070000 1225000 1200

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

136


Triple laid ropes

LK-R type 6×7×19 (1+6+6/6) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, V

3089-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

greased rope of

1000 m long, kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

The ropes are made from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. Ropes of diameters

and marking groups other than specified in the table can be manufactured on

customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed upon placement

of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 3089-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

11.5 425.5 – – – – 69500 59000

12.5 495.5 – – – – 80900 68700

13.5 570.5 – – – – 93200 79150

14.5 652.0 – – – – 106000 90350

16.5 805.0 – – – – 131000 111000

17.0 900.0 130500 110500 138500 117000 147000 124000

19.0 1090.0 158500 134500 168500 143000 178500 154000

25.0 1975.0 287000 243000 304500 258500 322500 266500

28.0 2355.0 342000 290000 363500 308000 385000 318000

30.0 2770.0 402000 341500 427500 362500 452500 377500

34.0 3565.0 518000 440000 550000 467000 582500 481500

39.0 4610.0 669500 568500 711000 604000 753000 622500

43.0 5625.0 816500 694000 867500 736000 918500 761000

51.0 7905.0 1145000 974500 1220000 1025000 1290000 1060000

59.5 10850.0 1575000 1330000 1670000 1415000 1770000 1460000

64.5 12600.0 1830000 1550000 1945000 1650000 2060000 1700000

68.5 14250.0 2070000 1750000 2200000 1865000 2330000 1920000

73.0 16250.0 2365000 2000000 2510000 2130000 2660000 2200000

78.0 18400.0 2675000 2270000 2845000 2415000 3010000 2480000

82.0 20650.0 3010000 2550000 3195000 2710000 3385000 2790000

rope

137


Double laid rope

LK-Z type 6×25 (1+6;6+12) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, V

7665-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 7665-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8.1 236.5 37600 31900 39950 33950 42300 35100

9.7 342.5 54450 46300 57850 49150 61250 50850

11.5 464.0 73850 62700 78500 66650 83100 68900

13.0 605.0 96200 81750 102000 86600 108000 89450

14.5 763.5 121500 102500 129000 109000 136500 113000

16.0 941.5 149500 126500 159000 134500 168500 139500

17.5 1140.0 181000 153500 192500 163500 204000 169000

19.5 1357.5 216000 183000 229500 194500 243000 201000

21.0 1594.0 253500 215000 269500 228500 285000 236500

22.5 1857.0 295500 250500 314000 266500 332500 275000

24.0 2132.0 339000 228000 360500 305500 381500 316500

25.5 2426.0 386000 327500 410000 348000 434000 360000

27.5 2739.0 436000 369500 463000 393000 490500 406500

29.0 3071.0 488500 415000 519000 441000 549500 456000

32.0 3768.0 599500 509500 637000 541000 674500 559500

35.5 4562.5 726000 616500 771500 655000 817000 677500

38.5 5405.0 860000 730500 914000 776500 967500 795000

42.0 6346.0 1010000 857500 1070000 911500 1135000 943000

45.0 7397.5 1175000 999500 1250000 1055000 1320000 1095000

48.5 8496.0 1350000 1145000 1435000 1220000 1520000 1255000

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are manufactured

from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking strength

of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

rope

138


Double laid rope

LK-Z type 6×25 (1+6;6+12) + 7×7 (1+6) core

GOST1) Ch, V

7667-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are

manufactured from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking

strength of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 7667-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in

the rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9.5 371.0 63300 53800 67250 57150 71200 59050

11.5 506.5 86500 73500 91900 75100 97300 80750

12.5 654.5 111500 94950 118500 100000 125500 103500

14.0 821.0 140000 119000 149000 126000 157500 130500

15.5 1005.0 172000 146000 182500 155000 193500 160000

17.0 1210.0 207500 175000 220000 186500 233000 193500

19.0 1465.0 250500 212500 266000 225500 282000 233500

20.5 1715.0 293000 248500 311000 264000 329500 272500

22.0 1990.0 339500 288500 361000 306500 382000 317000

23.5 2275.0 389000 330000 413000 350500 437500 363000

25.0 2580.0 441000 374500 469000 398000 496500 411500

27.0 2910.0 498000 422500 529000 448500 560000 464000

28.0 3290.0 563500 478500 599000 508000 634000 524500

31.0 4030.0 688500 585000 731500 621500 774500 642500

34.0 4860.0 830500 705500 882500 749500 934000 774500

37.0 5740.0 981000 833000 1040000 882500 1100000 914500

41.0 6835.0 1165000 989500 1240000 1050000 1310000 1085000

44.0 7930.0 1355000 1145000 1435000 1220000 1520000 1260000

47.0 9080.0 1550000 1310000 1645000 1395000 1745000 1445000

rope

139


Double laid rope

LK-RO type 6×36 (1+7+7/7+14) + 1 fiber core

GOST1) Ch, V

7668-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 7668-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8.1 253.5 – – – – 45250 37050

9.0 310.5 49300 40400 52350 42950 55450 45450

9.7 383.5 60850 49850 64650 53000 68450 56100

11.5 513.0 81450 66750 86550 70950 91650 75100

13.5 696.5 110500 90650 117500 96300 124000 101500

15.5 812.0 128500 104500 136500 111500 144500 116500

16.5 1045.0 165500 135500 176000 144000 186500 150000

18.0 1245.0 197000 161500 209500 171500 221500 175500

20.0 1520.0 241000 197500 256500 210000 271500 215000

22.0 1830.0 290000 237500 308000 252500 326500 258500

23.5 2130.0 338500 277000 359500 294000 380500 304000

25.5 2495.0 395500 324000 420500 344000 445000 352500

27.0 2800.0 444500 364500 472500 387500 500500 396500

29.0 3215.0 510000 417500 542000 444000 574000 454500

31.0 3655.0 580000 475000 616000 505000 652500 517000

33.0 4155.0 660000 540500 701000 574500 742500 588000

34.5 4550.0 722500 592000 768000 629500 813000 644500

36.5 4965.0 788500 646000 838000 686500 887000 703500

38.0 5510.0 875000 717500 929500 762000 984000 777500

39.5 6080.0 965500 791500 1025000 841000 1085000 861000

42.0 6750.0 1070000 878500 1135000 933500 1205000 955500

43.0 7120.0 1120000 919500 1190000 976000 1265000 1005000

44.5 7770.0 1230000 1005000 1310000 1065000 1385000 1095000

46.5 8400.0 1330000 1090000 1415000 1160000 1500000 1180000

rope

Table continues on the next page

140


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are

manufactured from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking

strength of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 7668-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

48.5 9155.0 1450000 1190000 1540000 1265000 1635000 1290000

50.5 9940.0 1575000 1290000 1675000 1370000 1775000 1400000

53.5 11150.0 1770000 1455000 1885000 1540000 1995000 1570000

56.0 12050.0 1910000 1560000 2030000 1640000 2150000 1715000

58.5 13000.0 2060000 1685000 2190000 1730000 2315000 1790000

60.5 14250.0 2265000 1855000 2410000 1915000 2550000 1970000

63.0 15200.0 2410000 1970000 2560000 2020000 2710000 2085000

65.0 16100.0 2560000 2095000 2720000 2175000 2880000 2210000

68.0 17700.0 2810000 2295000 2985000 2385000 3160000 2430000

72.0 19800.0 3145000 2575000 3345000 2670000 3540000 2715000

rope

141


Double laid rope

LK-RO type 6×36 (1+7+7/7+14) + 7×7 (1+6)

GOST1) Ch, V

7669-80

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 7669-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8.6 328.0 56400 44950 59900 47900 63450 48850

10.5 482.0 82900 66150 88100 70450 93300 71800

13.0 733.0 126000 100000 134000 106500 141500 108500

14.5 906.0 151000 120500 160500 128000 169500 130000

16.0 1145.0 191000 152000 203000 162000 214500 165000

17.5 1360.0 227000 181500 241500 193000 255500 196000

19.5 1630.0 280500 224000 298000 238500 315500 242500

21.0 1950.0 334500 267500 355500 284000 376000 289500

23.0 2290.0 393500 315000 418500 334500 443000 341000

25.0 2660.0 458000 366000 486500 389000 515000 396000

26.5 2975.0 513000 410000 545000 436000 577500 444000

28.0 3395.0 585000 467000 621500 497000 658000 506500

30.0 3890.0 669000 535000 710500 568000 752500 579000

32.5 4445.0 764000 611000 812000 649000 859500 661500

35.5 5290.0 909500 727500 966000 772500 1020000 787500

36.5 5895.0 1010000 810000 1075000 861000 1140000 877500

39.0 6530.0 1120000 898000 1190000 954500 1260000 972500

41.0 7265.0 1245000 994500 1325000 1055000 1405000 1075000

42.0 7965.0 1320000 1050000 1405000 1115000 1485000 1140000

45.5 9045.0 1555000 1235000 1650000 1315000 1745000 1340000

49.0 10600.0 1820000 1455000 1935000 1545000 2050000 1575000

52.0 11850.0 2040000 1625000 2170000 1730000 2300000 1765000

57.0 13900.0 2380000 1905000 2530000 1950000 2650000 2000000

rope

Table continues on the next page

142


Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Comments: The ropes, breaking strength of which is given in yellow, are

manufactured from uncoated wire and galvanized wire. The ropes, breaking

strength of which is given in white, are manufactured from uncoated wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Marking group, N/mm 2

GOST 7669-80

1570 1670 1770

rope

Breaking strength, N, not less than

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

rope

Total

number of

wires in the

rope

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

60.5 15240.0 2620000 2090000 2780000 2140000 2945000 2205000

61.5 16250.0 2790000 2230000 2965000 2280000 3140000 2350000

64.0 17148.0 2945000 2350000 3130000 2435000 3315000 2530000

68.0 18775.0 3225000 2575000 3425000 2665000 3630000 2775000

72.0 21125.0 3630000 2900000 3855000 3000000 4085000 3125000

rope

143


Double laid galvanized

steel ropes

8×36 (1+7+7/7+14)+6×19 (1+9+9)+1 fiber core

TU 1) 14-4-722-76 V

Rope diameter,

mm

Design cross

sectional area

of all wires, mm 2

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Weight of a

1000 m long,

greased rope,

kg

Total breaking strength

of all wires, N,

not less than

TU 14-4-722-76

Total breaking strength

of rope, N

1 2 3 5 6

31.5 443.91 4410 778800 643500

34.0 516.96 5120 894500 716880

37.5 619.57 6420 1094500 848500

40.5 708.91 6800 1173000 938500

49.5 1090.17 10400 1697000 1357000

54.0 1064.70 13150 1962500 1570000

Comments: It is up to manufacturer to choose the proper breaking strength of

wires to ensure the total breaking strength of rope. The marking group of total

breaking strength of wires should not exceed 1764 N/mm 2 .

1) TU = Technical Specification

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

144


Helical ropes

1×7

Ch, V

DIN 3052

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Design breaking strength kN / Minimal breaking strength kN for

marking groups, N/mm 2

1570 1770

0.8 3.21 0.950 / 0.855 1.07 / 0.963

1.0 5.02 0.950 / 0.855 1.07 / 0.963

1.5 11.3 2.14 / 1.92 2.41 / 2.17

2.0 2.01 3.80 / 3.42 4.28 / 3.85

2.5 3.14 5.93 / 5.34 6.69 / 6.02

3.0 4.52 8.55 / 7.69 9.63 / 8.67

3.5 6.15 11.6 / 10.5 13.1 / 11.8

4.0 8.03 15.2 / 13.7 17.1 / 15.4

4.5 102 19.2 / 17.3 21.7 / 19.5

5.0 126 23.7 / 21.4 26.8 / 24.1

6.0 181 34.2 / 30.8 38.5 / 34.7

7.0 246 46.5 / 41.9 52.4 / 47.2

DIN 3052

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

145


Helical ropes

1×19 (1+6+12)

DIN 3053 V

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Design breaking strength kN / Minimal breaking strength kN for

marking groups, N/mm 2

1570 1770

1 4.95 0.937 / 0.825 1.06 / 0.930

1.5 11.1 2.11 /1.86 2.38 / 2.09

2.0 19.8 3.75 / 3.30 4.23 / 3.72

2.5 3.1 5.86 / 5.15 6.61 / 5.81

3.0 4.46 8.43 / 7.42 9.51 / 8.37

3.5 6.07 11.5 / 10.1 12.9 / 11.4

4.0 7.93 15 / 13.2 16.9 / 14.9

5.0 124 23.4 / 20.6 26.4 / 23.2

6.0 178 33.7 / 29.7 38.1 / 33.5

7.0 243 45.9 / 40.4 51.8 / 45.6

8.0 317 60 / 52.8 67.6 / 59.5

9.0 401 75.9 / 66.8 85.6 / 75.3

10 493 93.7 / 82.5 106 / 93

11 599 113 / 99.8 128 / 112

12 713 135 / 119 152 / 134

13 837 158 / 139 179 / 157

14 971 184 / 160 207 / 182

15 1110 211 / 186 238 / 209

16 1270 240 / 211 271 / 238

17 1430 271 / 238 305 / 269

18 1610 304 / 267 342 / 301

19 1790 338 / 298 382 / 336

20 1980 375 / 330 423 / 372

21 2180 413 / 364 466 / 410

22 2400 454 / 399 512 / 450

23 2620 496 / 436 559 / 492

24 2850 540 / 475 609 / 536

25 3100 586 / 515 661 / 581

DIN 3053

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

146


Helical ropes

1×37 (1+6+12+18)

DIN 3054 V

Rope

diameter,

mm

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Design breaking strength kN / Minimal breaking strength kN for

marking groups, N/mm 2

1570 1770

3.0 44 8.32 / 7.24 9.39 / 8.16

4.0 78.2 14.8/ 12.9 16.7 / 14.5

5.0 122 23.1 / 20.1 26.1 / 22.7

6.0 176 33.3 29 37.5 / 32.7

7.0 240 45.3 / 39.4 51.1 / 44.4

8.0 313 59.2 / 51.5 66.8 / 58.1

9.0 396 74.9 / 65.2 84.5 / 73.5

10.0 499 92.5 / 80.5 104 / 90.7

12.0 704 133 / 116 150 / 131

14.0 958 118 / 158 204 / 178

16.0 1250 237 / 206 267 / 232

18.0 1580 300 / 261 338 / 294

20.0 1960 370 / 322 417 / 363

22.0 2370 448 / 389 505 / 439

24.0 2820 533 / 463 601 / 522

26.0 3310 625 / 544 705 / 613

28.0 3830 725 / 631 818 / 711

30.0 4400 832 / 724 939 / 816

32.0 5010 947 / 824 1070 / 929

34.0 5650 1070 / 930 1210 / 1050

36.0 6340 1200 / 1040 1350 / 1180

DIN 3054

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

147


Round strand ropes

6×7

Ch, V

DIN 3055

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3055

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

2.0 2.0 15.7 – 2.61 / 2.35 – 3.03 / 2.54

3.0 3.0 35.4 – 5.88 / 5.29 – 6.82 / 5.71

4.0 4.0 62.9 – 10.5 / 9.41 – 12.1 / 10.2

5.0 5.0 98.3 – 16.3 / 14.7 – 18.9 / 15.9

6.0 6.0 142 – 23.5 / 21.1 – 27.3 / 22.9

7.0 7.0 193 – 32 / 28.8 – 37.1 / 31.1

8.0 8.0 250 37.1 / 33.4 41.8 / 37.6 43 / 36.1 48.5 / 40.6

9.0 9.0 318 46.9 / 42.2 52.9 / 47.6 54.5 / 45.6 61.4 / 51.4

10.0 10.0 393 58.0 / 52.2 65.3 / 58.8 67.2 / 56.3 75.8 / 63.5

11.0 432 475 70.1 / 63.1 79.1 / 71.1 81.3 / 68.2 91.7 / 76.8

12.0 515 567 83.4 / 75.1 94.1 / 84.7 96.8 / 81.1 109 / 91.5

13.0 604 664 97.9 / 88.1 110 / 99.4 114 / 95.2 128 / 107

14.0 701 771 114 / 102 128 /115 132 / 110 149 / 124

16.0 915 1010 148 / 134 167 / 151 172 / 144 194 / 163

18.0 1160 1280 188 / 169 212 / 191 218 / 183 246 / 206

20.0 1430 1570 232 /209 261 / 235 269 / 225 303 / 254

22.0 1730 1900 280 / 252 316 / 285 325 / 273 367 / 307

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

148


Round strand ropes

6×19 Filler

Ch, V

DIN 3057

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3057

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8.0 243 267 39.5 / 33.9 44.5 / 38.3 45.8 / 36.6 51.6 / 41.3

9.0 308 339 49.9 / 42.9 56.3 / 48.4 57.9 / 46.4 65.3 / 52.3

10.0 380 418 61.7 / 53.0 69.5 / 59.8 71.5 / 57.3 80.6 / 64.6

11.0 460 506 74.6 / 64.2 84.1 / 72.3 86.5 / 69.3 97.6 / 78.1

12.0 547 602 88.8 / 76.3 100 / 86.1 103 / 82.5 116 / 93

13.0 643 707 104 / 89.6 117 / 101 121 / 96.8 136 / 109

14.0 745 820 121 / 104 136 / 117 140 / 112 158 / 127

15.0 855 941 139 / 119 156 / 135 161 / 129 181 / 145

16.0 973 1070 158 / 136 178 / 153 183 / 147 206 / 165

17.0 1100 1210 178 / 153 201 / 173 207 / 166 233 / 187

18.0 1230 1350 200 / 172 225 / 194 232 / 186 261 / 209

19.0 1370 1510 223 / 191 251 / 216 258 / 207 291 / 233

20.0 1520 1670 247 / 212 278 / 239 286 / 229 323 / 258

22.0 1840 2020 298 / 257 336 / 289 346 / 277 390 / 312

24.0 2190 2410 355 / 305 400 / 344 412 / 330 464 / 372

26.0 2570 2830 417 / 358 470 / 404 483 / 387 545 / 436

28.0 2980 3280 483 / 416 545 / 469 561 / 449 632 / 506

32.0 3890 4280 631 / 543 712 / 612 732 / 586 826 / 661

36.0 4930 5420 799 / 687 901 / 775 927 / 742 1040 / 837

40.0 6080 6690 986 / 848 1110 / 956 1140 / 916 1290 / 1030

44.0 7360 8100 1190 / 1030 1350 / 1160 1380 / 1110 1560 / 1250

Comments: The ropes of ∅ 8.0 – 44,0 mm are made of uncoated wire and

galvanized wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can

be manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is

agreed upon placement of order.

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

149


Round strand ropes

6×19 Seal

Ch, V

DIN 3058

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3058

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6,0 134 147 – 24.5 / 21.1 – 28.4 / 22.8

7.0 183 201 – 33.4 / 28.7 – 38.7 / 31.0

8.0 238 262 38.7 / 33.2 43.6 / 37.5 44.9 / 35.9 50.6 / 40.5

9.0 302 332 48.9 / 42.1 55.2 / 47.4 56.8 / 45.5 64.0 / 51.2

10.0 373 410 60.4 / 52.0 68.1 / 58.6 70.1 / 56.1 79.0 / 63.3

11.0 451 496 73.1/ 62.9 82.4 / 70.9 84.8 / 67.9 95.6 / 76.5

12.0 537 590 87.0 / 74.8 98.1 / 84.3 101 / 80.8 114 / 91.1

13.0 630 693 102 / 87.8 115 / 99.0 118 / 94.8 134 / 107

14.0 730 803 118 / 102 134 / 115 137 / 110 155 / 124

15.0 838 922 136 / 117 153 / 132 158 / 126 178 / 142

16.0 954 1050 155 / 133 174 / 150 179 / 144 202 / 162

17.0 1080 1190 175 / 150 197 / 169 203 / 162 228 / 183

18.0 1210 1330 196 / 168 221 / 190 227 / 182 256 / 205

19.0 1350 1490 218 / 188 246 / 211 253 / 203 285 / 228

20.0 1490 1640 242 / 208 272 / 234 280 / 224 316 / 253

22.0 1800 1980 292 / 251 330 / 283 339 / 272 382 / 306

24.0 2150 2370 348 / 299 392 / 337 404 / 323 455 / 364

26.0 2520 2770 408 / 351 460/ 396 474 / 379 534 / 428

28.0 2920 3210 474 / 407 534/ 459 550 / 440 620 / 496

32.0 3820 4200 619 / 532 698 / 600 718 / 575 809 / 648

36.0 4830 5310 783 / 673 883 / 759 908 / 727 1020 / 820

Comments: The ropes of ∅ 8.0 – 36.0 mm are made of uncoated wire and

galvanized wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is

agreed upon placement of order.

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

150


Round strand ropes

6×19 Warrington

Ch, V

DIN 3059

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3059

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6.0 134 147 – 24.5 / 21.1 – 28.4 / 22.8

7.0 183 201 – 33.4 / 28.7 – 38.7 / 31.0

8.0 238 263 38.7 / 33.3 43.6 / 37.5 44.9 / 35.9 50.6 / 40.5

9.0 302 332 48.9 / 42.1 55.2 / 47.5 56.8 / 45.5 64.0 / 51.2

10.0 373 440 60.4 / 51.9 68.1 / 58.6 70.1 / 56.1 79.0 / 63.2

11.0 451 496 73.1 / 62.9 82.4 / 70.9 84.4 / 67.9 95.6 / 76.5

12.0 537 591 87.0 / 74.8 98.1 / 84.4 101 / 80.9 114 / 91.3

13.0 630 693 102 / 87.7 115 / 98.9 118 / 94.5 134 / 107

14.0 730 803 118 / 87.7 134 / 114 137 / 110 155 / 124

15.0 838 922 136 / 117 153 / 132 158 / 138 178 / 142

16.0 954 1050 155 / 133 174 / 150 179 / 158 202 / 162

17.0 1080 1190 175 / 150 197 / 169 203 / 163 228 / 183

18.0 1210 1330 196 / 169 221 / 190 227 / 182 256 / 205

19.0 1350 1490 218 / 187 246 / 212 253 / 203 285 / 228

20.0 1490 1640 242 / 208 272 / 234 280 / 224 316 / 253

22.0 1800 1980 292 / 251 330 / 284 339 / 271 382 / 306

24.0 2150 2370 348 / 299 392 / 337 404 / 323 455 / 364

26.0 2520 2770 408 / 351 460 / 396 474 / 384 534 / 428

28.0 2920 3210 474 / 408 534 / 459 550 / 440 620 / 496

32.0 3820 4200 619 / 532 698 / 597 718 / 575 809 / 648

36.0 4830 5310 783 / 672 883 / 759 908 / 727 1020 / 820

Comments: The ropes of ∅ 6.0 – 36.0 mm are made of uncoated wire and

galvanized wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

151


Round strand ropes

6×19 standard

Ch, V

DIN 3060

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3060

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3.0 31.1 34.2 – 5.69 / 4.90 – 6.60 / 5.29

4.0 55.4 60.9 – 10.1 / 8.70 – 11.7 / 9.40

5.0 86.5 95.2 – 15.8 / 13.6 – 18.3 / 14.7

6.0 125 138 – 22.8 / 19.6 – 26.4 / 21.2

7.0 170 187 – 31.0 / 26.7 – 36.0 / 28.8

8.0 221 243 35.9 / 30.9 40.5 / 34. 8 41.7 / 33.3 47.0 / 37.6

9.0 280 308 45.4 / 39.1 51.2 / 44.1 52.7 / 42.2 59.4 / 47.6

10.0 346 381 56.1 / 48.2 63.3 / 54.4 65.1 / 51.1 73.4 / 58.8

11.0 419 461 67.9 / 58.4 76.5 / 65.8 78.7 / 63.1 88.8 / 71.1

12.0 498 548 80.8 / 69.5 91.1 / 78.3 93.7 / 75.0 106 / 84.6

13.0 585 643 94.8 / 81.5 107 / 91.9 110 / 88.1 124 / 99.3

14.0 678 746 110 / 94.6 124 / 107 128 / 102 144 / 115

16.0 886 974 144 / 124 162 / 139 167 / 133 188 / 150

18.0 1120 1230 182 / 156 205 / 176 211 / 169 238 / 190

20.0 1380 1520 224 / 193 253 / 218 260 / 208 293 / 235

22.0 1670 1840 272 / 234 306 / 263 315 / 252 355 / 284

24.0 1990 2190 323 / 278 364 / 313 375 / 300 423 / 338

26.0 2340 2570 379 / 326 428 / 368 440 / 352 496 / 397

28.0 2710 2980 440 / 378 496 / 426 510 / 409 575 / 461

32.0 3540 3900 575 / 494 648 / 557 666 / 534 751 / 602

36.0 4480 4930 727 / 625 820 / 705 843 / 675 951 / 761

40.0 5540 6090 898 / 722 1010 / 870 1040 / 834 1170 / 940

44.0 6700 7370 1090 / 934 1220 / 1050 1260 / 1010 1420 / 1140

48.0 7970 8770 1290 / 1110 1460 / 1250 1500 / 1200 1690 / 1350

52.0 9360 10300 1520 / 1300 1710 / 1470 1760 / 1410 1980 / 1590

56.0 10900 12000 1760 / 1510 1980 / 1710 2040 / 1630 2300 / 1840

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

152


Single-layer

round strand ropes

DIN 3062 Ch, V Seal

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3062

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

10.0 343 425 53.8 /45.1 60.5 / 50.8 70.8 / 53.2 79.8 / 59.9

11.0 422 514 64.9 /54.5 73.2 / 61.5 85.7 / 64.3 96.6 / 72.5

12.0 502 612 77.2 / 64.9 87.1 / 73.2 102 / 76.6 115 / 86.3

13.0 589 719 90.7 / 76.1 102 / 85.9 120 / 89.8 135 / 101

14.0 683 833 105 / 88.3 119 / 99.5 139 / 104 156 / 117

15.0 784 957 121 / 101 136 / 114 159 / 120 180 / 135

28.0 2730 3330 421 / 353 474 / 398 555 / 417 626 / 470

32.0 3357 4350 549 / 461 619 / 520 725 / 544 817 / 614

36.0 4520 5510 695 / 584 784 / 658 918 / 689 1030 / 777

40.0 5570 6800 858) / 721 968 / 813 1130 / 851 10280 / 959

Ropes

44.0 6750 8230 1040 / 872 1170 / 983 1370 / 1030 1550 / 1160

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

153


Round strand ropes

6×136 Warrington-Seal

Ch, V

DIN 3064

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Comments: The ropes of ∅ 6.0 – 36.0 mm are made of uncoated wire and

galvanized wire.

Ropes of diameters and marking groups other than specified in the table can be

manufactured on customer’s demand. Marking group of galvanized ropes is agreed

upon placement of order.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3064

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

12.0 547 602 88.8 / 100 74.4 / 84.0 103 / 116 80.6 / 89.9

13.0 643 707 104/ 117 87.4 / 98.3 121 / 136 94.6 / 106

14.0 745 820 121 / 136 101 / 114 140 / 158 109 / 124

16.0 973 1070 158 / 178 133 / 149 183 / 206 143 / 161

18.0 1230 1350 200 / 225 168 / 189 232 / 261 181 / 204

20.0 1520 1670 247 / 278 203 / 234 286 / 323 221 / 252

22.0 1840 2020 298 / 336 250 / 282 346 / 390 271 / 304

24.0 3190 2410 355 / 400 298 / 336 412 / 464 322 / 363

26.0 2570 2830 417 / 470 340 / 395 483 / 545 378 / 425

28.0 2980 3280 483 / 545 405 / 458 561 / 632 438 / 439

32.0 3890 4280 631 / 712 530 / 598 732 / 826 571 / 644

36.0 4930 5420 799 / 901 670 / 757 927 / 1040 724 / 816

40.0 6080 6690 986 / 1110 828 / 934 1140 / 12900 894 / 983

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

154


Round strand ropes

6×37 standard

Ch, V

DIN 3066

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

DIN 3066

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

6.0 125 137 – 22.8 / 18.8 – 26.4 / 20.3

7.0 170 186 – 31.0 / 25.6 – 36.0 / 27.6

8.0 221 244 35.9 / 29.6 40.5 / 33.4 41.7 / 32.0 47.0 / 36.1

9.0 280 308 45.4 / 37.5 51.2 / 42.3 52.7 / 40.5 59.4 / 45.7

10.0 346 381 56.1 / 46.3 63.3 / 52.2 56.1 / 50.0 73.4 / 56.4

11.0 419 461 67.9 / 56.0 76.5 / 63.1 78.7 / 60.5 88.8 / 68.2

12.0 498 548 80.8 / 66.6 91.1 / 75.1 93.7 / 72.0 106 / 81.2

13.0 585 643 94.8 / 78.2 107 / 88.2 110 / 84.5 124 / 95.2

14.0 678 746 110 / 90.7 124 / 102 128 / 98.0 144 / 110

16.0 886 974 144 / 118 162 / 134 167 / 128 188 / 144

18.0 1120 1230 182 / 150 205 / 169 211 / 162 238 / 183

20.0 1380 1520 224 / 185 253 / 209 260 / 200 293 / 225

22.0 1670 1840 272/ 224 306 / 253 315 / 242 355 / 273

24.0 1990 2190 323 / 267 364 / 301 375 / 288 423 / 325

26.0 2340 2570 379 / 313 428 / 353 440 / 338 496 / 381

28.0 2710 2980 440 / 363 496 / 409 510 / 392 575 / 442

32.0 3540 3900 575 / 474 648 / 534 666 / 512 751 / 577

36.0 4480 4930 727 / 600 820 / 676 843 / 648 951 / 730

40.0 5540 6090 898 / 741 1100 / 835 1040 / 800 1170 / 902

Ropes

44,0 6700 7370 1090 / 896 1220 / 1010 1260 / 968 1420 / 1090

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

155


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

DIN 3069

Ropes

Multi-layer round strand ropes

18×7 standard

DIN 3069 V

Rope

diameter,

mm

Rope with a

fiber core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Rope with a

steel core

Weight of a

1000 m

long,

greased

rope, kg

Rope with a fiber core Rope with a steel core

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

Design breaking strength kN /

Minimal breaking strength kN

for marking groups,

N/mm 2

1570 1770 1570 1770

18.0 1240 1300 208 / 160 234 / 183 220 / 167 248 / 188

20.0 1530 1610 256 / 200 289 / 226 272 / 206 307 / 232

22.0 1850 1950 310 / 242 350 / 273 329 / 249 371 / 281

24.0 2200 2310 369 / 288 416 / 325 392 / 297 441 / 335

26.0 2590 2720 433 / 338 489 / 381 459 / 348 518 / 393

28.0 3000 3150 503 / 392 567 / 442 533 / 404 601 / 455

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

156


Steel ropes for

quarry excavators

6×36 (1+7+7/7+14) + 7×7 (1+6)

TU 1) 1251-002-71915393-2004

Rope

diameter,

mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Design cross sectional

area of all wires, mm 2

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Weight of a greased

rope of 1000 m long, kg

TU 1251-002-71915393-2004

Total breaking strength

of all wires, N,

not less than

39.0 718.1 6530 1207000

42.0 846.0 7965 1421000

45.5 964.1 9045 1650000

52.0 1306.4 11850 2193000

57.0 1522.6 13900 256000

64.0 1896.5 171148 3185000

The ropes are made of uncoated wire of two marking groups:

1770 N/mm 2 – for wires constituting the core and the strands inner layer

1570 N/mm 2 – for wires constituting the strands outer layer

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

157


Pulse Tube

TU 1) 1250-005-71915393-2004

Application area:

Pulse tube is the material for continuous pipe-line

production with the following characteristics:

• nominal diameter DN – 4 mm

• nominal pressure PN – max 3920 N/cm 2

• frictional pressure drop FPD – 294 N/cm 2

• length – min 3000 m

Description:

Manufactured of a single laid steel rope, construction

1×31 (tube-core + 14 + 17), with a tube core of

stainless steel.

• manufactured of steel wire GOST 2) 7372

• rope diameters (mm): 8.9, 9.0, 9.1

• rope length is minimum 1500 m

• length of the internal stainless tube is multiple

1600 m.

1) TU = Technical Specification

2) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

TU 1250-005-71915393-2004

Ropes

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

158


Nails


Product range

1. Construction nails GOST 1) 4028-63.

2. Round clout nails GOST 4029-63.

3. Roofing nails GOST 4030-63.

4. Container-making round nails GOST 4034-63.

5. Twisted square shanked nails TU 2) 14-4-1161-2003.

6. Profiled wire nails TU 14-178-241-2004.

7. Extra-large flat-head nails TU 14-178-259-2004.

8. Duplex-head nails TU 14-178-301-97.

9. Flat-head round nails DIN 1151 form A.

10.Countersunk-head round nails DIN 1151 form B.

11. Lost-head round nails DIN 1152.

12.Extra-large-head round nails (clout nails

for gypsum board fixing) DIN 1160.

13.Finishing nails FF-N-105B.

14.Round moulding pins GOST 4035-63.

15.Round nails TU 14-178-326-2004.

16.Hot-dip galvanized nails TU 14-178-357-2003.

17. Countersunk-head round nails DIN EN 10230-1.

18.Flat-head smooth diamond point special machine

nails DIN EN 10230-1.

19.Flat-head smooth clinching-point special machine

nails DIN EN 10230-1.

20.Flat-head ring-shank RS diamond-point special

machine nails DIN EN 10230-1.

21.Flat-head screw-rolled 48 anti-splitting special

machine nails DIN EN 10230-1.

22.Flat-head screw-rolled 48 diamond-point special

machine nails DIN EN 10230-1.

23.Flat-head smooth diamond-point coilnails 16 ° bright

DIN EN 10230-1.

24.Flat-head ring-shank RS diamond-point coilnails 16 °

bright DIN EN 10230-1.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

2) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

NAILS OVERVIEW

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

25.D-head ring-shank RS diamond-point strips 34

bright DIN EN 10230-1.

26.Flat-head smooth diamond-point PE-strips 20 °

bright DIN EN 10230-1.

General information

Round and profiled wire nails are manufactured on

domestic and imported nail-making machines using

cold forming technique.

Wire mechanical properties meet the requirements

for bright wire GOST 3282-74.

Nails may be bright or zinc-coated. Prior to packing

into cardboard containers, nails without coating can

be de-oiled by rumbling according to the customer’s

demand. Depending on dimension and type, the nails

are packed into different containers (Table 1).

160


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Package type External dimensions, mm Capacity, kg

Octahedral deca-layer corrugated cardboard container 1200×800×670 – 950 up to 1000

Octahedral deca-layer corrugated cardboard container 1180×780×950 up to 1000

Polypropylene container MKP-1.5 1100×700×(850 – 1150) up to 1000

Wooden box 468×302×252 up to 50

Corrugated cardboard box 298×263×184 25

Corrugated cardboard box 398×239×69 10

Corrugated cardboard box

158×148×130

238×158×90

398×117×69

NAILS OVERVIEW

Corrugated cardboard box 155×146×94 3

Corrugated cardboard box 158×148×75 2.5

Corrugated cardboard box 135×75×51 1

Corrugated cardboard box 182×118×125 5

Corrugated cardboard box 182×118×110 5

Corrugated cardboard box 182×118×80 2.5

Corrugated cardboard box 182×118×70 2.5

Corrugated cardboard box 182×118×60 2.5

Corrugated cardboard box 182×118×140 5

Wooden box 810×657×525 500

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

5

Nails

Nails packaging Table 1.

On the customer’s demand, 2.5 and 5 kg cardboard

boxes can be wrapped in thermo stretch film

according to GOST 1) 25951-83

The boxes are stacked on wooden pallets where

they are combined into shipping packages with

dimensions of 800×1200 mm and a height not

exceeding 1100 mm. The packages are wrapped

with thermo stretch film. The packages may be

stacked in two levels for transportation with wooden

panels being used for package strengthening.

2) GOST = Russian State Standard

161


Construction nails

GOST 1) 4028-63 Ch

Application area:

Construction nails are suitable for wooden parts and

construction fastening.

Description:

Round nails with flat- or tapered head. Flat-head

surface is plain. Tapered head surface is corrugated.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 2.

Shank

diameter

d, mm

1.6

Nail

length L,

mm

25

40

50

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Head diameter

D, mm, not less

than

Flat-head nails

3.2

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Approx.

weight per

1000 nails, kg

0.397

0.633

0.791

Shank

diameter

d, mm

Nail

length L,

mm

CONSTRUCTION NAILS

Head diameter

D, mm, not less

than

Tapered-head nails

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

Approx.

weight per

1000 nails, kg

1.8 32 3.5 0.640

2.0

2.5

3.0

40

50

50

60

70

80

4.0

5.0

0.949

1.190

1.870

2.230

6.0 3.770

4.330

3.5 90 7.0 6.600

4.0

100

120

7.5

9.500

11.500

5.0 150 9.0 21.900

6.0 Ch

D

D

150

200

11.0

32.400

43.100

8.0 Ch 250 14.0 96.200

L

L

d

d

Table 2.

162


Round clout nails

GOST 1) 4029-63

Application area:

Clout nails are suitable to fasten soft sheet materials

(roofing felt, ruberoid, etc.).

Description:

Round nails with flat head. Head surface is plain.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 3.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

2.0

2.5

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

20

25

32

40

Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

ROUND CLOUT NAILS

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

Table 3.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

5.0 0.482

0.605

6.3

1.220

1.520

3.0 40 7.5 2.230

D

d

L

163


Roofing nails

GOST 1) 4030-63

Application area:

Roofing nails are suitable for metallic plates fastening

against wooden parts and constructions.

Description:

Round nails with tapered head. Head surface is

corrugated.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 4.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

ROOFING NAILS

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

Table 4.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

3.5 40 8.0 2.670




164


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

CONTAINER-MAKING ROUND NAILS

Container-making round nails

GOST 1) 4034-63

Application area:

Container-making nails are suitable for manufacture

of wooden boxes and containers, with or without

nailing machines.

Extra large head size even makes the nails suitable

for cardboard fixing at box factories and furniture

plants.

Description:

Round nails with tapered head.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 5.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

2.0

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

40

45

Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

5.0

Nails

Table 5.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

0.970

1.120

2.2 50 5.5 1.490

2.5

3.0

50

60

70

80

6.0

6.5




1.910

2.280

3.810

4.360

165


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

TWISTED SQUARE-SHANKED NAILS

Twisted square-shanked nails

TU 1) 14-4-1161-2003

Application area:

Twisted square-shanked nails are suitable for fastening

of wooden euro box pallets and containers, battens

and other wooden constructions where a high strength

is required of the joined parts.

Description:

The nails are made from twisted square steel wire.

Head surface is plain or corrugated.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 6.

Shank diameter

by circumscribing

circle d1, mm

Shank diameter by

inscribed circle d2,

mm

3.5 2.8

4.5 3.8

1) TU = Technical Specification

Nail length L, mm

40

45

60

70

80

90

90

100

120

Head diameter D,

mm, not less than

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


6

7



� �



�����

Nails

Table 6.

Approximate weight per

1000 nails, kg

2.431

2.739

3.662

4.278

4.893

5.508

10.070

11.203

13.471

166


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

NAILS WITH RECTANGULAR QUADRILATERAL INCISION

Nails with rectangular

quadrilateral incision

TU 1) 14-178-241-2004

Application area:

The drawing force of profiled nails with a rectangular

quadrilateral incision on the shank is 2 – 3 times

greated than the drawing force of round nails.

Profiled nails are suitable for one-piece constructions

where high tensile strength is required. Nail design is

given on the drawing.

Basic geometries are given in Table 7.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

4.2

4.6

5.5

6.0

1) TU = Technical Specification

45

65

80

90

100

80

90

60

80

90

100

120

80

100

120

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

8.0

8.5

10.7

11




�����

��������


Nails

Table 7.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

4.790

6.964

8.595

9.682

10.769

10.298

11.590

11.064

14.774

16.638

18.502

22.230

17.397

21.834

26.271

167


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

EXTRA LARGE FLAT-HEAD NAILS

Extra large flat-head nails

TU 1) 14-178-259-2004 (analogue of DIN 1160)

Application area:

The nails are suitable for roofing works, for low-density

and for fastening thin materials (soft sheets, cardboards,

fibreboards, plasterboards, etc.) against solid

surfaces.

Description:

Round nails with plain flat head. Nails of two forms

are manufactured:

form A – the head diameter is 3 times bigger than

the shank diameter;

form B – the head diameter is 4 times bigger than

the shank diameter.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 8.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

Form A (head diameter ~ 3d)



Nails

Table 8.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

2.5 25 7.0 – 8.0 1.083

2.8 35 8.0 – 9.0 1.841

4.0

100

120

11.5 – 12.5

Form B (head diameter ~ 4d)

10.560

12.540

2.5 25 9.0 – 10.0 1.241

2.8

25

30

35

40

50

10.0 – 11.0

1.535

1.777

2.018

2.260

2.740

168


Duplex-head nails

TU 1) 14-178-301-97

Application area:

The nails with two heads are suitable for temporary

wooden constructions.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 9.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

2.8 55

3.1

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

55

60

65

70

75

Interval between heads

l, mm

DUPLEX-HEAD NAILS

� �

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

11.0


Nails

Table 9.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

3.283

4.048

4.344

4.640

4.936

5.232

3.4 80 6.665

169


Flat-head round nails

Ch, O

DIN 1151 form A

Application area:

The nails are suitable for fastening wooden parts and

constructions.

Description:

Round nails with flat head. Head surface is plain.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 10.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

FLAT-HEAD ROUND NAILS



Nails

Table 10.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

1.2 20 2.4 0.187 (0.196)

1.4 25 2.8 0.317 (0.320)

1.6 30 3.2 0.495 (0.520)

170


Countersunk-head

round nails

Ch, O

DIN 1151 form B

Application area:

The nails are suitable for fastening wooden parts and

constructions.

Description:

Round nails with tapered head. Head surface is

corrugated.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 11.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

COUNTERSUNK-HEAD ROUND NAILS



Nails

Table 11.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

1.8 35 3.6 0.704

2.0 40 4.0 0.989

2.2

2.5

45

50

50

55

60

4.4

5.0

1.311

1.490

1.916

2.109

2.302

2.8 65 5.6 3.162

3.1

3.4

65

70

80

80

90

6.2

6.8

3.933 (3.899)

4.195

4.787

5.744

6.456

3.8 100 7.6 8.930

4.2

100

110

120

7.9

10.801

11.888

12.975

4.6 130 8.8 16.853

5.5

140

160

10.5

26.075

29.803

6.0 180 11.5 39.837

7.0 210 13.6 63.131

7.6

230

260

14.9

81.908

92.626

8.8 260 17.4 123.874

171


Lost-head round nails

DIN 1152 Ch

Application area:

The nails are suitable for finishing works.

Description:

Flat head with plain surface.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 12.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.5

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

30

32

40

50

20

25

40

45

50

55

55

60

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

2.5

2.8

3.1

3.5

LOST-HEAD ROUND NAILS



Nails

Table 12.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

0.599

0.639

0.798

0.998

0.494

0.617

0.987

1.340

1.490

1.639

2.298

2.490

2.8 65 4.0 3.850

3.1 80 4.4 4.705

3.4 90 4.8 6.356

3.8 100 5.3 8.794

172


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FINISHING NAILS WITH CORRUGATED (SINKER) OR PLAIN (DECK) TAPERED HEAD

Finishing nails with

corrugated (Sinker) or

plain (Deck) tapered head

FF-N-105B

Description:

Round nails with tapered head. Head surface is

corrugated on Sinker nails and plain on Deck nails.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 13.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than



Nails

Table 13.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

2.4 47.6 6.0 2.049

2.9 60.3 6.8 3.549

3.1 73.0 7.1 4.767

3.4 79.4 8.0 6.256

3.8 82.6 8.7 8.055

173


Common nails

FF-N-105B

Application area:

The nails are suitable for fastening wooden parts and

constructions.

Description:

Round nails with flat head. Head surface is plain.

Gauge and geometries are given in Table 14.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

COMMON NAILS



Nails

Table 14.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

1.8 25.4 4.4 0.557

2.0 31.7 5.2 0.867

2.5

2.9

38.1

44.5

50.8

57.2

6.3

6.7

1.599

1.845

2.768

3.100

3.3 63.5 7.1 4.422

3.8

76.2

82.6

7.9

7.023

7.593

4.1 88.9 8.7 9.610

4.9 101.6 10.3 15.614

5.3 114.3 11.1 20.154

5.7 127.0 11.9 26.336

6.2 139.7 12.7 34.113

6.7 152.4 13.5 43.343

174


Round moulding pins

GOST 1) 4035-63

Description:

Round nails.

Geometries are given in Table 15.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

ROUND MOULDING PINS



Nails

Table 15.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

2.0 120 3.2 2.927

175


Round nails

TU 1) Ch, O

14-178-326-2004

Application area:

The nails are suitable for fastening wooden parts and

constructions.

Description:

Round nails with tapered or flat head. Tapered head

surface may be plain or corrugated. Flat head surface

is plain.

Gauge and geometries of tapered head nails are given in

Table 16.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3



Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

ROUND NAILS





Nails

Table 16.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

0.9 10 1.62 0.044

1.0 15 2.00 0.088

1.4

30

40*

2.80

0.357

0.478

1.6 35 3.20 0.554

1.8

2.2

2.4

2.5

30

40*

40

55

50

55

50*

55

60*

3.60

4.40

4.80

5.00

0.592

0.791

1.179

1.627

1.757

1.935

1.906

2.098

2.291

Table 16 continues on the next page

176


Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

2.7

2.8

3.0

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

50

55

60

65

55

60

70

50

55

60

65

70*

Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

5.40

5.60

6.00

Nails

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

2.247

2.471

2.696

2.920

2.654

2.895

3.378

2.768

3.045

3.323

3.600

3.877

3.1 80 6.20 4.140

3.5

50

65

70

80

7.00

3.740

4.872

5.249

6.004

3.8 90 7.10 7.918

4.0

90

100*

7.50

8.778

9.764

4.2 75 7.90 8.065

4.5

4.6

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5 Ch

100

120

110

120

140

55

110

125

140

125

140*

150

160

180*

160

180

200

215

8.50

8.50

9.30

10.7

11.0

11.9

ROUND NAILS

12.342

14.713

14.198

15.502

18.110

8.286

16.759

19.070

21.381

23.053

25.849

27.713

35.144

39.581

41.203

46.410

51.617

55.523

Cont. table 16.

Table 16 continues on the next page

177


Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

7.0 Ch

7.5

7.6 Ch

8.0 Ch

8.5 Ch

8.8 Ch

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

200

220

230

260

245

260

200

250

280

290

260

290

300

275

300

280

290

300

310

360

380

400

* ) Note:nails are manufactured only with plain head.

Gauge and geometries of tapered head nails are given in Table 17.

Shank diameter d, mm Nail length L, mm

Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

ROUND NAILS

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

12.8

13.7

13.9

14.0

14.9

15.4

Head diameter D, mm,

not less than

Nails

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

59.724

65.763

68.783

77.841

84.058

89.258

70.334

88.131

98.809

102.368

101.311

113.143

117.087

120.963

132.093

131.982

136.754

141.526

146.298

170.159

179.703

189.247

Table 17.

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

1.2 15 2.40 0.362

1.4 30 2.80 0.505

1.6

32

35

3.20

0.505

0.554

Cont. table 16.

178


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

HOT-DIP GALVANIZED NAILS

Hot-dip galvanized nails

TU 1) 14-178-357-2003

Application area:

The nails are suitable for fastening wooden parts and

constructions. Corrosion-resistant.

Description:

Zinc-coated nails, the blanks being nails with a dimension

range from (2.0×40) mm to (7.6×230) mm to

DIN 1151, GOST 2) 4028-63, TU 14-178-326-2004,

TU 14-178-241-2004; or nails with a dimension range

from (2.0×20) mm to (2.8×40) mm to TU 14-178-259-

2004.

1) TU = Technical Specification

2) GOST = Russian State Standard

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

179


Countersunk-head

round nails

DIN EN 10230-1 and drawing D03 O

Application area:

The nails are suitable for fastening wooden parts and

constructions.

Description:

Round nails with a tapered flat head. Flat head

surface is plain.

Gauge and geometries of tapered head nails are given in

Table 18.

Shank diameter

d, mm

Nail length L,

mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Head diameter

D, mm

COUNTERSUNK-HEAD ROUND NAILS

Head hight K,

mm

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

Approximate weight per 1000 nails, kg

1.0 15 1.4 0.7 0.1586

1.2 20 1.7 0.9 0.1904

1.4

1.6

1.8

25

0.3206

2.0 1.1

30 0.3823

30

0.4977

35 2.2 1.1

0.5782

40 0.6573

40

0.8380

2.5 1.3

45 0.9380

45

1.1653

2.8 1.5

2.0 50 1.2893

2.2

50

1.5525

3.1 1.63

60 1.8595

2.5 60 3.5 1.8 2.4101

2.8 70 3.9 2.0 3.5210

3.1 80 4.3 2.2 4.9337

4.0 100 5.6 2.9 12.0681

��





��

Table 18.

180


Flat-head smooth diamond-

point special machine nails

DIN EN 10230-1, NFMAAGLAADAM01

Order code Dimensions

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Packaging,

kg

FLAT-HEAD SMOOTH DIAMOND-POINT SPECIAL MACHINE NAILS

Nails / kg

+/–

Boxes /

pallet

Table 19.

Standard

pallet (kg)

FM 06316 2.50 × 35 500 701 1 +/– 500

FM 80825 2.50 × 40 500 618 1 +/– 500

FM 05136 2.50 × 45 500 552 1 +/– 500

FM 07900 2.50 × 50 500 499 1 +/– 500

FM 06666 2.50 × 55 500 455 1 +/– 500

FM 07028 2.80 × 45 500 440 1 +/– 500

FM 06195 2.80 × 65 500 308 1 +/– 500

FM 06602 3.10 × 80 500 205 1 +/– 500

FM 80813 3.40 × 50 500 270 1 +/– 500

FM 80812 3.40 × 70 500 195 1 +/– 500

FM 07262 3.40 × 80 5 171 200 1000

FM 02797 3.40 × 90 5 153 200 1000

FM 02100 3.80 × 100 5 110 200 1000

FM 06706 4.20 × 110 5 82 200 1000

FM 06605 4.20 × 120 5 75 200 1000

FM 02407 4.60 × 130 5 58 200 1000

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

181


Flat-head smooth clinching-

point special machine nails

DIN EN 10230-1, NFMAAGLAANGM02

Order code Dimensions

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Packaging,

kg

FLAT-HEAD SMOOTH CLINCHING-POINT SPECIAL MACHINE NAILS

Nails / kg

+/–

Boxes /

pallet

Table 20.

Standard

pallet (kg)

FM 07087 2.50 × 35 500 701 1 +/– 500

FM 07183 2.50 × 38 500 649 1 +/– 500

FM 06277 2.50 × 40 500 618 1 +/– 500

FM 04926 2.50 × 45 500 552 1 +/– 500

FM 06887 2.50 × 50 500 499 1 +/– 500

FM 08494 2.80 × 45 500 440 1 +/– 500

FM 06566 2.80 × 55 500 363 1 +/– 500

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

182


Flat-head ring-shank RS

diamond-point special

machine nails

DIN EN 10230-1, NFMAARSAADAM04

Order code Dimensions

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD RING-SHANK RS DIAMOND-POINT SPECIAL MACHINE NAILS

Packaging,

kg

Nails / kg

+/–

Boxes /

pallet

Table 21.

Standard

pallet (kg)

FM 06569 2.80 × 50 500 397 1 +/– 500

FM 06486 2.80 × 55 500 363 1 +/– 500

FM 01825 2.80 × 60 500 333 1 +/– 500

FM 06995 2.80 × 65 500 308 1 +/– 500

FM 09346 2.80 × 70 500 287 1 +/– 500

FM 09095 2.80 × 80 500 252 1 +/– 500

FM 07079 3.10 × 40 500 402 1 +/– 500

FM 02826 3.10 × 50 500 325 1 +/– 500

FM 06857 3.10 × 60 500 272 1 +/– 500

FM 09466 3.10 × 65 500 251 1 +/– 500

FM 06188 3.10 × 70 500 234 1 +/– 500

FM 06215 3.10 × 75 500 219 1 +/– 500

FM 06189 3.10 × 80 500 205 1 +/– 500

FM 06241 3.10 × 90 500 183 1 +/– 500

FM 02385 3.40 × 60 500 226 1 +/– 500

FM 01896 3.40 × 65 500 209 1 +/– 500

FM 07030 3.40 × 70 500 195 1 +/– 500

FM 80889 3.40 × 75 500 182 1 +/– 500

FM 06219 3.40 × 80 500 171 1 +/– 500

FM 80919 3.40 × 85 500 161 1 +/– 500

FM 07152 3.40 × 90 500 152 1 +/– 500

FM 02000 3.60 × 70 500 174 1 +/– 500

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

183


Flat-head screw-rolled 48

anti-splitting special

machine nails

DIN EN 10230-1, NFMAARTAAMAM10

Order code Dimensions

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD SCREW-ROLLED 48 ANTI-SPLITTING SPECIAL MACHINE NAILS

Packaging,

kg

Nails / kg

+/–

Boxes /

pallet

Table 22.

Standard

pallet (kg)

FM 06984 3.10 × 60 500 272 1 +/– 500

FM 09383 3.10 × 70 500 234 1 +/– 500

FM 06868 3.10 × 80 500 206 1 +/– 500

FM 80931 3.40 × 65 500 209 1 +/– 500

FM 02346 3.40 × 70 500 195 1 +/– 500

FM 08818 3.40 × 80 500 171 1 +/– 500

FM 02345 3.40 × 90 500 152 1 +/– 500

FM 07009 3.64 × 70 500 170 1 +/– 500

FM 80587 3.64 × 90 500 133 1 +/– 500

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

184


Flat-head screw-rolled 48

diamond-point special

machine nails

DIN EN 10230-1, NFMAARTAADAM09

Order code Dimensions

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD SCREW-ROLLED 48 DIAMOND-POINT SPECIAL MACHINE NAILS

Packaging,

kg

Nails / kg

+/–

Boxes /

pallet

Table 23.

Standard

pallet (kg)

FM 06226 2.80 × 60 500 334 1 +/– 500

FM 04938 2.80 × 65 500 309 1 +/– 500

FM 80891 3.10 × 50 500 325 1 +/– 500

FM 02171 3.10 × 55 500 296 1 +/– 500

FM 04945 3.10 × 60 500 272 1 +/– 500

FM 07700 3.10 × 65 500 252 1 +/– 500

FM 06225 3.10 × 70 500 234 1 +/– 500

FM 06709 3.10 × 80 500 206 1 +/– 500

FM 06270 3.10 × 90 500 183 1 +/– 500

FM 06261 3.40 × 65 500 209 1 +/– 500

FM 04802 3.40 × 70 500 195 1 +/– 500

FM 07925 3.40 × 75 500 182 1 +/– 500

FM 07438 3.40 × 80 500 171 1 +/– 500

FM 06196 3.40 × 85 500 161 1 +/– 500

FM 07924 3.40 × 90 500 153 1 +/– 500

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

185


Flat-head smooth diamond-

point coilnails 16 ° bright

DIN EN 10230-1, n 55: NFCAAGLAADAC1A / CM04

conic: NFCAAGLAADAC2A / CM02

flat: NFCAAGLAADAC3A / CM00

Order code Assembly Dimensions Nails / box Coils / box

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD SMOOTH DIAMOND-POINT COILNAILS 16 ° BRIGHT

Boxes /

pallet

Table 24.

Nails /

pallet

FC 01004 N55 2.10 × 35 19500 60 28 546000

FC 01005 N55 2.10 × 38 19500 60 28 546000

FC 01009 N55 2.10 × 45 15600 48 28 436800

FC 01012 N55 2.10 × 50 15600 48 28 436800

FC 01013 N55 2.10 × 55 11700 30 28 32600

FC 01016 N55 2.30 × 55 9000 36 30 270000

FC 01020 conic 2.10 × 32 21000 60 28 588000

FC 01023 conic 2.10 × 38 16800 48 28 546000

FC 01024 conic 2.10 × 40 16800 48 28 546000

FC 01026 conic 2.10 × 45 16800 48 28 546000

FC 01029 conic 2.10 × 50 12600 36 28 546000

FC 01035 flat 2.30 × 50 9000 30 30 270000

FC 01036 flat 2.30 × 55 9000 30 30 270000

FC 01037 flat 2.30 × 60 9000 30 30 270000

FC 01041 flat 2.50 × 50 9000 30 30 270000

FC 01042 flat 2.50 × 55 9000 30 30 270000

FC 02272 flat 2.50 × 60 9000 30 40 360000

FC 02273 flat 2.50 × 64 7200 24 40 288000

FC 02274 flat 2.50 × 68 7200 24 40 288000

FC 03162 flat 2.50 × 70 7200 24 40 288000

FC 01056 flat 2.80 × 60 7500 30 30 225000

FC 02275 flat 2.80 × 64 6000 24 40 240000

FC 02190 flat 2.80 × 68 6000 24 30 180000

FC 01061 flat 2.80 × 70 6000 24 30 180000

FC 02277 flat 2.80 × 80 4500 18 40 180000

FC 02834 flat 3.10 × 70 6000 24 40 240000

FC 02278 flat 3.10 × 80 4500 18 40 180000

FC 02279 flat 3.10 × 88 4500 18 40 180000

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

186


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD RING-SHANK RS DIAMOND-POINT COILNAILS 16 ° BRIGHT

Flat-head ring-shank

RS diamond-point coilnails

16 ° bright

DIN EN 10230-1, n 55: NFCAARSAADAC1B / CM02

conic: NFCAARSAADAC2B / CM02

flat: NFCAARSAADAC3B / CM00

Order code Assembly Dimensions Nails / box Coils / box

Boxes /

pallet

Table 25.

Nails /

pallet

FC 01140 N55 2.10 × 32 23400 72 28 655200

FC 01144 N55 2.10 × 35 19500 60 28 546000

FC 01146 N55 2.10 × 38 19500 60 28 546000

FC 01147 N55 2.10 × 40 19500 60 28 546000

FC 01149 N55 2.10 × 45 15600 48 28 436800

FC 01154 N55 2.10 × 50 15600 48 28 436800

FC 01740 N55 2.30 × 50 9000 30 40 360000

FC 01164 conic 2.10 × 32 21000 60 48 588000

FC 01165 conic 2.10 × 35 21000 60 48 588000

FC 01166 conic 2.10 ×38 16800 48 28 470400

FC 01169 conic 2.10 × 45 16800 48 28 470400

FC 02290 flat 2.30 × 45 10800 36 40 432000

FC 03062 flat 2.30 × 50 9000 30 40 360000

FC 02517 flat 2.30 × 55 9000 30 40 360000

FC 01179 flat 2.30 × 60 9000 30 30 270000

FC 01180 flat 2.50 × 42 12600 42 30 378000

FC 01742 flat 2.50 × 45 10800 36 40 432000

FC 02743 flat 2.50 × 50 9000 30 40 360000

FC 02744 flat 2.50 × 55 9000 30 40 360000

FC 02291 flat 2.50 × 60 9000 30 40 360000

FC 01745 flat 2.50 × 64 7200 24 30 225000

FC 02835 flat 2.50 × 68 7200 24 40 240000

FC 02518 flat 2.50 × 70 7200 24 30 180000

FC 01203 flat 2.50 × 75 7200 24 30 216000

Table 25 continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

187


Order code Assembly Dimensions Nails / box Coils / box

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD RING-SHANK RS DIAMOND-POINT COILNAILS 16 °

Boxes /

pallet

Cont. table 25.

Nails /

pallet

FC 03198 flat 2.80 × 42 10500 40 40 420000

FC 02293 flat 2.80 × 60 7500 30 40 300000

FC 01746 flat 2.80 × 64 6000 24 40 24000

FC 02294 flat 2.80 × 68 6000 24 40 24000

FC 02501 flat 2.80 × 70 6000 24 40 240000

FC 02295 flat 2.80 × 75 6000 24 40 240000

FC 02296 flat 2.80 × 80 4500 18 40 180000

FC 01220 flat 2.80 × 83 4500 18 30 135000

FC 02356 flat 3.10 × 75 6000 24 40 240000

FC 01227 flat 3.10 × 80 4500 18 30 135000

FC 02427 flat 3.10 × 85 4500 18 40 180000

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

188


D-head ring-shank RS

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

diamond-point strips 34 bright

DIN EN 10230-1, NFDAARSDHDAH02 / DM51

Order code Dimensions Nails / box Strips / box

D-HEAD RING-SHANK RS DIAMOND-POINT STRIPS 34 BRIGHT

Boxes /

pallet

Table 26.

Nails /

pallet

FD 00045 2.90 × 50 4200 100 57 239400

FD 01473 2.90 × 63 3600 86 57 205200

FD 00048 2.90 × 70 2900 69 57 165300

FD 01477 2.90 ×75 2800 67 57 159600

FD 00049 2.90 × 80 2600 62 57 148200

FD 00053 3.10 × 80 2300 55 57 131100

FD 00055 3.10 × 90 2300 55 57 131100

189


Flat-head smooth diamond-

point PE-strips 20 ° bright

DIN EN 10230-1, NFSAAGLAADAP0A / PM61

Order code Dimensions Nails / box Strips / box

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FLAT-HEAD SMOOTH DIAMOND-POINT PE-STRIPS 20 ° BRIGHT

Boxes /

pallet

Table 27.

Nails /

pallet

FS 00045 3.40 × 100 2400 96 52 124800

FS 01753 3.80 × 100 1600 64 65 104000

FS 01808 3.80 × 110 1500 60 65 97500

FS 01655 3.80 × 120 1400 56 65 91000

FS 01754 3.80 × 130 1200 48 65 78000

FS 01987 4.20 × 120 1200 48 65 78000

FS 02812 4.20 × 130 1000 40 65 65000

FS 01755 4.60 × 145 500 40 65 65000

FS 01656 4.20 × 130 1000 25 75 37500

FS 01756 4.60 × 160 500 25 75 37500

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Nails

190


Fasteners


Joint-stock company “Severstal-metiz” produces:

Fasteners

Mechanical and furniture fasteners, screws, washers,

cotter pins, rivets and special fasteners of custom

designs.

Advanced technology and efficient press, thermal

and galvanizing equipment allow manufacture of

high-quality fasteners with protective and decorative

coverings of tensile strength class from 3.6 to 12.9.

Fastener quality meets international requirements

(DIN, DIN/ISO).

Our production is delivered with or without

protective-decorative coating, according to customer

demand:

• electro-galavanized coating with protective

passivating layers (colourless, sky blue, iridescent);

• phosphated.

The manufacturing process is controlled, from feed

stock to the packing of the fasteners. To exercise

such control, the factory possesses well-equipped

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FASTENERS OVERVIEW

Fasteners

laboratories where fasteners are subjected to

mechanical and chemical tests and metallographic

analysis to check against standards and customer

requirements.

The fasteners are made of the following steel grades:

10, 20G, 15G, 10kp, 10ps, 15, 20ps, 20G2P, 20,

20kp, 35, 30, 06U.

Fasteners are delivered to customers in one of the

following packagings:

• carton boxes of a weight of 5 – 20 kg,

• wooden boxes of a weight of 30 – 70 kg,

• wooden containers of a weight of 500 and 1000 kg.

Other variants of packing are possible on customer

demand.

The quality of the fasteners produced by Oryol Plant

is certified by the steel production certification body

of the SKS Association.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

192


Railway track fasteners

and fittings

An important key to accident-free railway operation is

the bond strength of a rail with a ferroconcrete sleeper.

The special-purpose equipment installed at our plants

for manufacture of railway track fasteners and fittings

allows control of the technological process, ensuring

production of high-quality fasteners and fittings.

The quality of the railway fasteners and fittings is

confirmed by the certification body of the Russian

Federal Railways.

Railway track fasteners and fittings are manufactured

by hot upset forging with subsequent knurling or

threading. The steel grade used for the exact

product type is selected in accordance with the

required tensile strength class of the product.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

2) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

FASTENERS OVERVIEW

Fasteners

Fasteners for top hold-down of railway tracks meet

the technical requirements of GOST 1) 16016-79,

GOST 16017-79, GOST 16018-79 and GOST 809-71.

Double-coil spring washers meet the technical

requirements of TU 2) 1855-085-01124328-99.

Bolts, nuts and track screws are delivered uncoated.

Zinc coating is possible, on customer demand. Zinc

coating thickness is not less than 6 micron.

Railway track fasteners and fittings are delivered by

railway transport. Shipment in wooden containers

(weight of container not exceeding 1000 kg) is

possible by special agreement with customer.

The quality of the railway track fasteners and fittings

produced by Cherepovets Plant and Oryol Plant is

certified by the certification body of the Russian

Federal Railways.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

193


Bolts

Screws

Nuts

Item Standard

Severstal-Metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006 EN3

FASTENERS OVERVIEW

Fasteners

Production Accuracy grade Strength grade Size range

Oryol

Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Oryol

Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Oryol Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Oryol Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Countersunk screw bolts GOST 7786-81 + + C C 3.6; 4.6; 4.8; 5.8 4,8; 5,8 M6 – M16 M10; M12

Reduced hex head guide bolts GOST 7795-70 + – B –

Reduced hex head bolts GOST 7796-70 + + B B

Hex head bolts GOST 7798-70 + + B B

3.6; 4.6; 4.8; 5.6;

5.8; 6.6; 8.8; 10.9

3.6; 4.6; 4.8; 5.6;

5.8; 6.6; 8.8; 10.9

3.6; 4.6; 4.8; 5.6;

5.8; 6.6; 8.8; 10.9

– M6 – M24 –

5.8 M8 – M27 M8 – M16

5.8 M6 – M24 M6 – M16

Extra large cup head bolts with nib GOST 7801-81 + + C C 3.6; 4.6; 5.8 4.8 M6 – M12 M6 – M12

Reduced hex head bolts GOST 7808-70 + – A – 3.6; 4.6; 5.8; 8.8 – M6 – M24 –

Extra large cup head screw bolts GOST 7802-81; DIN 603 + + C C 3.6; 4.6; 5.8 4,8; 5,8 M6 – M16 M6 – M12; M16

Extra large cup head bolts with

straight slot

Hex head bolts

TU 14-178-245-93 - + – C – 4.8 - M6

GOST 7805-70; DIN 931;

DIN 933; ISO 4017; ISO 4014

+ – A –

3.6; 4.6; 4.8; 5.6;

5.8; 6.6; 8.8; 10.9

– M6 – M24 –

Straight slotted cup head screws GOST 17473-80 + – B – 3.6; 4.6; 5.8 – M6 – M12 –

Cross-slotted countersunk

screws

GOST 17475-80 + – B – 3.6; 4.6; 5.8 – M6 – M12 –

Hex nuts GOST 5927-70; DIN 934 + – A – 6; 8; 10 – M6 – M24 –

Hex nuts GOST 5915-70; DIN 555 + + B B 6; 8 5; 6 M6 – M24 M5 – M18

Hex nuts TU 275-1680-00187211-98 + – C – 6 – M8 – M12 –

1) GOST = Russian State Standard 2) TU = Technical Specification

194


Item Standard

Severstal-Metiz, Product Catalogue

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006 EN3

FASTENERS OVERVIEW

Fasteners

Production Accuracy grade Strength grade Size range

Oryol

Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Oryol

Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Oryol Plant

Cherepovets

Plant

Oryol Plant

Washers Spring (plain) washers GOST 1) 6402-70 + – d 10 – 48 mm

Nuts

Rivets

Bolts

Cotterpins GOST 397-79; TU 2) 14-1-1500-88 + – d 2 – 10 mm

Cup head rivets GOST 10299-80 + – d 5 – 24 mm

Countersunk rivets

Raised countersunk rivets

GOST 10300-80;

TU 1680-00187211-328-2003

GOST 10301-80;

TU 1680-00187211-327-2003

Ball bearing fingers blanks TS 00187-211-319-2003

Railway track fasteners

Terminal-block and embedded

bolts for railway track rail braces

Embedded bolts for railway track

rail braces

Nuts for terminal-block and

embedded bolts for railway track

rail braces

+ – B; C – d 5 – 24 mm

+ – B; C – d 18 – 20 mm

GOST 16016-79 + + B; C B 3.6; 4.8; 5.8 4.8; 5.8

GPST 16017-79 – + – B – 4.8; 5.8

M22×75;

M22×175

GOST 16018-79 + + B; C B 5; 6 5; 6 M22

Bolts Railway track rail joint bolts GOST 11530-93 – + – C – 8.8

Nuts

Nuts for railway track rail joint

bolts

GOST 11530-93 – + – B – 5; 8

Screws Railway track screws GOST 809-71 – + – C –

Washers

Double-coil spring washers

for railway track

GOST 21797-76 + – C – d 25 mm

Railway track spring washers GOST 19115-91 + – C – d 22 – 27 mm

1) GOST = Russian State Standard 2) TU = Technical Specification

Cherepovets

Plant

195


Chains



Round-link lifting chains

TU 1) 14-178-372-99

� � �

Welded calibrated round-link lifting chains, with a

dimension of 6×19 mm TU 14-178-372-99 are

manufactured from cold-finished bars and rods of

structural low-alloy steel of finish tolerance h11

GOST 2) 7417. The chains are hardened in the course

of production by thermal treatment. Chain link weld

quality is total-lot tested under the working load.

TU 14-178-372-99 chains are quality-certified and in

conformance with GOST-R.

Chain dimensions

Chain diameter

d, mm

1) TU = Technical Specification

2) GOST = Russian State Standard

Chain pitch

P, mm

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Link breadth

B, mm

Nomin. Toler. Nomin. Toler. Nomin. Toler.

Chains

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3


��

Application area:

Hoisting machine elements (winches, block

and tackle, etc.).

Chain dimensions and mechanical properties are given

in the tables below.

Tolerance

on chain

segment

11P, mm

Chain link weld

Diameter

d1

Length

l

not exceeding, mm

Table 1.

Weight of the

meter of chain,

kg

Nomin. Toler.

6 ±0.4 19 ±0.5 21 ±0.6 +1,5 − 0,6 6.6 7.2 0.74 ±5%

Chain mechanical properties

Chain diameter

d, mm

Load, kN (ts), not less than

Trial Breaking

General extension

under breaking load, %

not less than

6 19.6 (2.0) 39.2 (4.0) 12

Table 2.

ROUND-LINK LIFTING CHAINS

197


Round-link

Lifting and pulling chains

TU 1) 14-178-255-2000

Chain dimensions and mechanical properties are given in the tables below.

Chain dimensions

Chain diameter

d, mm

Nomin. Toler. Nomin.

1) TU = Technical Specification

2) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Chain pitch

P, mm

Max. dev.

Impl. 1 Impl. 2

Chain mechanical properties Table 4.

ROUND-LINK LIFTING AND PULL CHAINS

Chains

Welded calibrated round-link lifting and pull

chains (of normal-, high- and hyper-tensile

strength) and welded calibrated round-link general

purpose chains (of normal tensile strength)

with a dimension of 6×19 and 9×27 mm to

TU 14-178-255-2000 are manufactured from

cold-finished bars and rods of structural low-

and medium-carbon or low-alloy steel of finish

tolerance h11 GOST 2) 7417. Chains are heattreated

in the course of production to improve

their mechanical properties.

Application area:

Pick-and-place machines and mechanisms

(can be also used for non-critical purposes –

fencing, in agriculture, etc.).

Link breadth

B, mm Tolerance on

chain segment

11 P, mm

Nomin. Toler.

Packing:

Table 3.

Weight of the

meter of chain,

kg

6 ±0.,4 19 ±0.5 ±0.8 21 ±0.6 +1,5 − 0.6 0.74

9 ±0.5 27 ±0.6 ±0.8 32 ±0.9 +2.5 − 0.8 1.8

Chain

diameter

d, mm

6

9

Load, kN (ts), not less

than

Trial Breaking

Tensile

strength

7.0 (0.71) 14.0 (1.43) Normal

15.0 (1.53) 30 (3.06) Super

16.0 (1.63) 32.0 (3.26) Normal

25.0 (2.55) 50.0 (5.1) High

40.0 (4.08) 80.0 (8.16) Super

All chains are shipped in preserved condition,

without covering, in wooden containers.

Chain weight in container is 1 ton.

Number of chain segments in container –

not exceeding 10.

Length of one chain segment in container –

not less than 12 m.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

198


Calibrated


Unlike hot-rolled bars and rods, cold-formed and

cold-finished bars and rods are noted for the high

accuracy and quality of the steel surface.

These features of the cold-finished bars and rods allow

use in cutting processes on automatic lathe machines

with high efficiency, as well as for cold forming on

automatic steel-plate press machines. The high accuracy

and surface quality of cold-finished bars and

rods help to reduce steel consumption in its further

processing.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

COLD-FINISHED BARS & RODS AND DRAWN METAL

We offer the following types

of cold-finished material

Product range of cold-finished bars

and rods and rolled steel with special

surface finish

Joint-stock company “Severstal-metiz” manufactures

cold-finished bars and rods of circular, hexagonal

and square section. Cold-finished bars and rods are

manufactured using a cold-drawing technique.

Symbolic notations

used in the catalogue:

Ch – Cherepovets Plant

O – Oryol Plant

V – Volgograd Plant

Calibrated

The primary customers for cold-finished bars and rods

and drawn steel with special surface finishing are big

automakers, engineering plants and hardware plants

where cold presses and cold pressing techniques

are used. Besides this, cold-finished bars and rods

are also widely used for repair works in small enterprises,

as their high accuracy and surface quality

make unnecessary any preliminary mechanical processing.

Absence of the drawn scale on the drawn

surface increases cutting equipment lifetime.

Joint-stock company “Severstal-metiz” manufactures

drawn steel with special surface finish only of circular

section. Special surface finish is provided by removing

the blanket steel layer with peeling and polishing.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

200


Steel grades

of bars

Cold-drawn bars and bars with special

surface finish are manufactured of:

• Carbon steel

• Alloyed steel

• Chromic steel

• Manganese steel

• Chromium-manganese steel

• Chromium-silicon steel

• Chromium-molybdenum and chromiummolybdenum-vanadium

steel

• Chromium-vanadium steel

• Chromium-nickel, and chromium-nickel steel with

boron

• Chromium-silicon-manganese, and chromiumsilica-manganese-nickel

steel

• Chromium-manganese-nickel, and chromiummanganese-nickel

steel with titanium and boron

• Chromium-nickel-molybdenum steel

• Chromium-nickel-molybdenum-vanadium, and

chromium-nickel-vanadium steel

• Chromium-aluminum, and chromium-aluminum

steel with molybdenum

• Chromium-manganese-nickel steel with

molybdenum and titanium

• Spring steel

• Constructional steel with increased cutting

workability

• Bearing steel

• Constructional carbon and alloyed steel for cold

heading

• General purpose steel for engineering industry in

accordance with EN 10277-2, EN 10277-5

Cold-drawn bars and bars with special surface finish

can be made of other steel grades excluding highspeed

tool steel, corrosion-resistant, acid-proof and

heat resisting steels.

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

STEEL GRADES OF BARS

Calibrated

International steel grades,

similar or close to Russian standards

Grade

USA Germany

ASTM SAE DIN Grade

St1kp A 658 M 1010 1623.1 St 13

St1ps A 658 M 1010 1623.1 St 12

St2kp A 658 M 1012 17100 USt 37-2

St2ps A 658 M 1012 17100 RSt 37-2

St2sp 17100 RRSt 37-2

St3kp A 658 M 1017 17100 USt 37-2

St3ps A 658 M 1017 17100 RSt 37-3

St3sp A 658 M 1017 17100 RRSt 37-2

St4ps A 658 M 1023 17100 USt 42-2

St4sp A 658 M 1023 17100 St 44-2

St5ps A 658 M 1030

St5sp

St0 A 658 M 1008 17100 St 33

08kp A 658 M 1008 1629.3 St 12

08ps A 658 M 1010 1623.1 St 13

10p A 658 M 1012

10ps A 658 M 1010

10 A 658 M 1015 17200 C 10, Ck 10

15ps A 658 M 1015

15 A 658 M 1015 17200 C 15, Ck 15

25 A 658 M 1026 17200 C 25, Ck 25

45 A 658 M 1045 17200 C 45, Ck 45

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

201


Drawn steel grades composition

Cold-finished bars and rods and drawn steel with special surface finishing are manufactured from the

following steels:

Carbon steels

GOST 1) 1050-88.

Chemical composition

Steel grade

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Elements mass percent , %

C Si Mn Cr, not exceeding

10kp 0.07 – 0.14 not exceeding 0.07 0.25 – 0.50 0.15

10 0.07 – 0.14 0.17 – 0.37 0.35 – 0.65 0.15

15 0.12 – 0.19 0.17 – 0.37 0.35 – 0.65 0.25

20 0.17 – 0.24 0.17 – 0.37 0.35 – 0.65 0.25

25 0.22 – 0.30 0.17 – 0.37 0.50 – 0.80 0.25

30 0.27 – 0.35 0.17 – 0.37 0.50 – 0.80 0.25

35 0.32 – 0.40 0.17 – 0.37 0.50 – 0.80 0.25

40 0.37 – 0.45 0.17 – 0.37 0.50 – 0.80 0.25

45 0.42 – 0.50 0.17 – 0.37 0.50 – 0.80 0.25

50 0.47 – 0.55 0.17 – 0.37 0.50 – 0.80 0.25

58 (55pp) 0.55-0.63 0.10-0.30 not exceeding 0.20 0.15

Mechanical properties

of cold-finished bars and rods of carbon steel

Steel

grade

Tensile

strength

N/mm 2

Mechanical properties of, not less than

Table 1.

Cold-worked drawn steel Annealed or high tempered drawn steel

Elongation,

%

Relative

narrowing,

%

Hardness

number

HB, not

exceeding

Tensile

strength

N/mm 2

Elongation,

%

Relative

narrowing,

%

Calibrated

Hardness

number

HB, not

exceeding

10 410 8 50 187 290 26 55 143

15 440 8 45 197 340 23 55 149

20 490 7 40 207 390 21 50 163

25 540 7 40 217 410 19 50 170

30 560 7 35 229 440 17 45 179

35 590 6 35 229 470 15 45 187

40 610 6 35 241 510 14 40 197

45 640 6 30 241 540 13 40 207

50 660 6 30 255 560 12 40 217

Application area: engineering industry, agriculture, construction engineering.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

CARBON STEELS

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 2.

202


Alloyed steels

GOST 1) 4543-71

• chromium

• manganese

• chrome-manganese

• chrome-silicon

• chrome-molybdenum and chromemolybdenum-vanadium

• chrome-vanadium

• chrome-nickel and chrome-nickel with boron

• chrome-silicon-manganese

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

ALLOYED STEELS

Calibrated

Chemical composition Table 3.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

• chrome-manganese-nickel and chromemanganese-nickel

with titanium and boron

• chrome-nickel-molybdenum

• chrome-nickel-molybdenum-vanadium and

chrome-nickel-vanadium

• chrome-aluminium and chrome-aluminium

with molybdenum

• chrome-manganese-nickel with molybdenum

and titanium

Steel groups Grade C, % Si, % Mn, % Cr, % Ni, % Mo,%

Chromium

15Cr

20Cr

30Cr

35Cr

38CrA

40Cr

45Cr

0.12 – 0.18

0.17 – 0.23

0.24 – 0.32

0.31 – 0.39

0.35 – 0.42

0.36 – 0.44

0.41 – 0.49

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.40 – 0.70

0.50 – 0.80

0.50 – 0.80

0.50 – 0.80

0.50 – 0.80

0.50 – 0.80

0.50 – 0.80

0.70 – 1.0

0.70 – 1.0

0.80 – 1.0

0.80 – 1.00

0.80 – 1.10

0.80 – 1.10

0.80 – 1.10

– –

Manganese 50Mn 0.48 – 0.56 0.17 – 0.37 0.70 – 1.00 – – –

Chrome-nickel

Chrome-manganesenickel

Chrome-manganesenickel

with

molybdenum

12CrNi

20CrNi

40CrNi

14CrMnNi

19CrMnNi

0.09 – 0.15

0.17 – 0.23

0.36 – 0.44

0.13 – 0.18

0.16 – 0.21

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.17 – 0.37

0.30 – 0.60

0.40 – 0.70

0.50 – 0.80

0.70 – 1.0

0.70 – 1.0

0.40 – 0.70

0.45 – 0.75

0.45 – 0.75

0.80 – 1.10

0.80 – 1.10

0.50 – 0.80

1.00 – 1.40

1.00 – 1.40

0.80 – 1.10

0.80 – 1.10

20CrMnNiMo 0.18 – 0.23 0.17 – 0.37 0.70 – 1.10 0.40 – 0.70 0.40 – 0.70 0.15 – 0.25

Chrome-molybdenum 30CrMo 0.26 – 0.34 0.17 – 0.37 0.40 – 0.70 0.80 – 1.10 – 0.15 – 0.25

Mechanical properties

of cold-finished bars and rods of alloyed steel Table 4.

Steel grade

Yield

strength,

N/mm 2

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

Elongation,

%

Relative

narrowing, %

Impact

strength,

J/sm 2

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3



Blank section

dimension,

mm

15Cr 490 690 12 45 69 15

20Cr 635 780 11 40 59 15

30Cr 685 880 12 45 69 25

35Cr 735 910 11 45 69 25

38CrA 785 930 12 50 88 25

40Cr 785 980 10 45 59 25

Table 4 continues on the next page

203


Steel grade

Yield

strength,

N/mm 2

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

Elongation,

%

Relative

narrowing, %

ALLOYED STEELS

Calibrated

Mechanical properties

of cold-finished bars and rods of alloyed steel Cont. table 4.

Impact

strength,

J/sm 2

Blank section

dimension,

mm

45Cr 835 1030 9 45 49 25

50Mn 390 650 13 40 39 25

12CrNi 440 640 10 – 88 –

20CrNi 590 780 14 50 78 15

40CrNi 785 980 11 45 69 25

14CrMnNi 835 1080 8 – 78 –

19CrMnNi 930 1180 – 1520 7 – 69 –

20CrMnNiMo 930 1180 – 1570 7 – 59 –

30CrMo 735 930 11 45 78 15

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

204


Spring steels

GOST 1) 14959-79 and TU 2) 14-1-5342-97 (steel 60S2G-PV)

Chemical composition Table 5.

Steel grade

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

2) TU = Technical Specification

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Elements mass percent, %

C Si Mn Cr V

65Mn 0.62 – 0.70 0.17 – 0.37 0.90 – 1.20 not exc. 0.25 –

60Si2A 0.58 – 0.63 1.60 – 2.0 0.60 – 0.90 not exc. 0.30 –

60Si2Mn 0.55 – 0.65 1.8 – 2.2 0.70 – 1.00 not exc. 0.30 –

Mechanical properties

of cold-finished bars and rods of heat-treated steel Table 6.

Steel grade

Yield strength,

N/mm 2

Tensile strength

N/mm 2

Elongation,

%

Relative

narrowing, %

65Mn 785 980 8 30

60Si2A 1375 1570 6 20

60Si2Mn 1325 1470 6 25

SPRING STEELS

Calibrated

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

205


Free-cutting steels

GOST 1) 1414-75

Chemical composition

Steel

groups

Carbon

sulfur

Carbon

manganese

with lead

Steel

grade

Steel

grades

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Elements mass percent, %

FREE-CUTTING STEELS

C Si Mn Cr Pb S P

Calibrated

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 7.

A11 0.07 – 0.15 not exc. 0.10 0.80 – 1.20 – – 0.15 – 0.25 not exc. 0.10

A12 0.08 – 0.16 0.15 – 0.35 0.70 – 1.10 – – 0.08 – 0.2 0.08 – 0.15

A20 0.17 – 0.24 0.15 – 0.35 0.70 – 1.00 – – 0.08 – 0.15 not exc. 0.06

A30 0.27 – 0.35 0.15 – 0.35 0.70 – 1.0 – – 0.08 – 0.15 not exc. 0.06

AC14 0.10 – 0.17 not exc. 0.12 1.0 – 1.30 – 0.15-0.30 0.15 – 0.30

Size, mm

Treatment

type

Yield

strength

N/mm 2

Tensile

strength

H/mm 2

Elongation, %

Relative narrowing,

%

not exc.

0.10

Mechanical properties Table 8.

Impression

diameter, mm,

not less than

Hardness

A11 All sizes cold-finished 390 490 10 – 4.2 207

A12 30 and less

A12 exc. 30

A20 All sizes

A30 All sizes

A40Mn All sizes

AC14 All sizes

cold-finished,

hard-drawn

cold-finished,

hard-drawn

cold-finished,

hard-drawn

cold-finished,

hard-drawn

cold-finished,

annealed

cold-finished,

hard-drawn

Application area: engineering industry, motor-car industry.

– 510 7 – 4.1 217

– 460 7 – 4.1 217

– 530 7 4.1 217

– 540 6 – 4.05 223

– 590 17 – 4.0 229

390 490 10 – 4.20 207

HB not exc.

206


Bearing steels

GOST 1) 801-78

Chemical composition

Steel grade C Si Mn Cr

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

BEARING STEELS

Calibrated

S P Ni Cu Ni+Cu

not exceeding

ShH15 0.95 – 1.05 0.17 – 0.37 0.20 – 0.40 1.30 – 1.65 0.02 0.027 0.30 0.35 0.50

ShH15SiMn 0.95 – 1.05 0.40 – 0.65 0.90 – 1.20 1.30 – 1.65 0.02 0.027 0.30 0.25 0.50

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Table 9.

207


Calibrated

Quality structural carbon and alloy

steel for cold extrusion and upset

GOST 1) 10702-78 (with settling groups 50, 66, 66T, 66I)

Mechanical properties

Steel grade

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

QUALITY STRUCTURAL CARBON AND ALLOY STEEL FOR COLD EXTRUSION AND UPSET

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Cold-finished hard-drawn bars and

rods

Hardness

number HB,

not exc.

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2 not

less than

Elongation,

%, not less

than

Relative

narrowing, %,

not less than

Mechanical properties

After tempering or usual

annealing

Hardness

numberHB,

not exc.

Tensile

strength,

N/mm 2

Elongation,

%, not less

than

Table 10.

After spheroidizing

Tensile strength,

N/mm 2

10KP, 10PS 179 370 8 55 143 310-410 50 290-390 50

10 187 390 8 50 143 330-450 55 310 – 410 55

15KP, 15PS 187 390 8 50 149 360-470 55 320 – 420 55

15 197 440 8 45 149 360-470 55 320 – 420 55

20KP, 20PS 197 490 7 45 163 390-490 50 340 – 440 50

20 207 490 7 40 163 390-490 50 340 – 440 50

25 217 540 7 40 170 not exc. 540 50 not exc. 490 50

30 229 560 7 40 179 not exc. 570 45 not exc. 520 45

35 207 590 5 40 187 not exc. 590 45 not exc. 540 45

40 241 – 197 not exc. 590 40 40

45 207 – – 207 not exc. 590 40 – 40

50 – – – – 217 not exc. 590 –

15Cr 207 590 5 45 179 not exc. 550 60 340 – 440 60

20Cr 207 590 5 45 179 not exc. 550 60 360 – 470 60

30Cr 207 – – – 187 – – –

35Cr – 690 5 40 197 – – –

40Cr – 690 5 40 207 – – –

45 229 –

38CrAl 207 – – 207 not exc. 590 60 not exc. 560 60

12CrNi 210 – – 410-530 70 410-510 70

40CrNi 207 – 207 – – – –

19CrMnNi 269 – 217 – – not exc. 690(70)

35CrMnCAl – – – – 241 – – –

38CrMnNiMo – – – 60 not exc. 690 60

40CrNi2MoAl – – – 269 – 50 not exc. 640 50

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

Relative

narrowing, %,

not less than

208


General-purpose steels

for engineering industry

EN 10277-1, EN 10277-2

Cold-finished bars and rods and drawn steel with

special surface finishing can be manufactured from

other steel grades – excluding tool, high-speed,

rust-resistant, acid-proof and heat-resistant steels.

Assortment of cold drawn material

Size, mm

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GENERAL-PURPOSE STEELS FOR ENGINEERING INDUSTRY

Cold drawn bars

Assortment and Specifications

Calibrated

Cold drawn bars with round cross-section are manufactured

according to GOST 1051-73 with B and C

surface quality groups (Appendix 1) and tolerances

h10, h11 and h12 (Appendix 2).

Drawn bars with special surface finishing are produced

with groups of quality of a surface B, C, D with

maximum tolerance h10, h11, h12 according to

GOST 14955-77, tolerance h9, h10 as per EN 10278

surface quality of class 4 as per EN 10277

(Appendixes 3 and 4).

Table 11.

Bars with special

surface finishing

Round Hexagonal Square Round

Coil Bar Coil Bar Coil Bar Coil Bar

Table 11 continues on the next page

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

209


Rolled products range

Size, mm

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GENERAL-PURPOSE STEELS FOR ENGINEERING INDUSTRY

Cold drawn bars

Bars with special

surface finishing

Round Hexagonal Square Round

Coil Bar Coil Bar Coil Bar Coil Bar

Calibrated

Cont. Table 11.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

210


Round-cold drawn bar and bar with special surface

finish can be produced in non-standard sizes with

0.05 mm accuracy.

Bars supplied in bundles can be of 2.5 – 6.5 meters

length.

Bars can be packed in bundles with weight from 1 to

8 tonnes, depending on order.

The material in coils can be shipped in packages of

2-5 coils, with total weight of 0.8 – 2.5 tonnes.

Weight of one coil can be 250 – 850 kg. Certain coils

may be up to 1000 kg.

Coil sizes are as follows:

• OD – 900-1400 mm;

• ID – 650-1100 mm

• Height 250 – 650 mm.

Cold-drawn bars and bars with special surface finish

can be shipped with or without preservation, or in

soft wrapping. Wrapping type is usually specified

in the order. Preservation is made by dipping into

preservative mixture composed of industrial oil with

preserving additives. When soft packing, every coil

or bundle is wrapped up with waterproof paper and

packing cloth. Wrapped coils or bundles are strapped

with wire or bands. Bars with phosphate coating are

supplied wrapped only.

Hexagonal cold-drawn bars are manufactured according

to GOST 1) 1051-73 with surface quality group B,

with sizes as per GOST 8560-78 (see Table 1) and

tolerances h11 and h12.

Square cold-drawn bars are produced according to

GOST 1051-73 with surface quality group B, with

sizes as per GOST 8559-75 (see Table 1) and

tolerances h11 and h12.

Cold-drawn bars and bars with special surface finishing

can be supplied cold-worked (non-annealed) or heattreated

(annealed). To obtain necessary mechanical

properties and divorced pearlite structure recrystallization,

annealing, or spheroidizing annealing can be

carried out.

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

GENERAL-PURPOSE STEELS FOR ENGINEERING INDUSTRY

Calibrated

Mechanical properties, requirements for macro- and

microstructure, decarburization depth and other

parameters meet standards (GOST 1050-88, GOST

4543-71, GOST 14959-79, GOST 10702-78, GOST

14955-77, GOST 1414-75, GOST 801-78, EN 10277-5)

for cold drawn bars and bars with special surface

finishing.

Cherepovets Mill provides bright round cold-drawn

bars of general purpose steel for the engineering

industry in accordance to EN 10277-2 and

EN 10277-5. Cold-drawn bars are delivered in

cold-worked condition, cut to length, with tolerances

h9, h10, h11 according to EN 10278. Cold-drawn

bars are manufactured of S235JRG2, S355J2G3,

C15, C35, C45 steel grades according to EN 10277-2.

Mechanical properties specifications are according

to EN 10277-2 and EN 10277-5 standards. Assortment

is according to EN 10278. Cold-drawn bars

with surface finish h9 can be produced with diameter

10.0 – 50.0 mm in cold-worked condition.

Cold-drawn bars and bars with special surface finishing

with specifications different from the mentioned GOST

or EN requirements can be produced upon request.

The material will be produced according to special

Technical Agreements coordinated with the customer,

depending on engineering capability.

Packing:

Cold-finished bars, and rods and rolled steel with

special surface finishing, are shipped with or without

conservation or in soft packages. Packaging

technique is defined in the order. When conservation

technique is used, the rolled products are dipped into

conservation mixture prepared of machine oil and

preservative agents. When soft packages are used,

each bundle or band is first wrapped in waterproof

casing paper and then wrapped in casing fabric.

Wrapped bundles or bands are wire-tied or banded.

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

211


Surface quality of cold drawn bar

Surface quality

group

B

C

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

APPENDIX 1, SURFACE QUALITY OF COLD-DRAWN BAR

Surface finish Type of permissible surface defects

h10

h11

h12

h10

h11

C h12

Single hairlines of mechanical origin, drawn-in scales,

imprints, rippling, cleanup traces from abrasive

Calibrated

Appendix 1, GOST 1) 1051-73

Single fine hairlines of mechanical origin, drawn-in

scales, imprints, rippling, flat fettling, cleanup traces

from abrasive, fine rolled-up and upset bubbles and

pollution (hair lines)

Single fine hairlines of mechanical origin, drawn-in

scales, imprints, rippling, flat fettling, cleanup traces

from abrasive, fine rolled-up and upset bubbles and

pollution (hair lines)

Maximum depth of

permissible defects

Tolerance size

Tolerance size

Tolerance for h12

Tolerance for h12

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

212


Diameter tolerances of cold-drawn

Diameter,

mm

3.0

3.1

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Tolerances,

mm Crosssection

area, mm2 h9

- 0.025

- 0.030

h10

- 0.040

- 0.048

h11

- 0.060

- 0.075

h12

- 0.100

- 0.120

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

APPENDIX 2, DIAMETER TOLERANCES OF COLD-DRAWN BARS

Weight per

1 meter, kg

7.07 0.056

7.55 0.059

3.2 8.04 0.063

3.3 8.55 0.067

3.4 9.08 0.071

3.5 9.62 0.076

3.6 10.18 0.080

3.7 10.75 0.084

3.8 11.34 0.089

3.9 11.95 0.094

4.0 12.56 0.099

4.1 13.20 0.104

4.2 13.85 0.109

4.4 15.21 0.119

4.5 15.90 0.125

4.6 16.62 0.130

4.8 18.10 0.142

4.9 18.86 0.148

5.0 19.63 0.154

5.2 21.24 0.167

5.3 22.06 0.173

5.5 23.76 0.186

5.6 24.63 0.193

5.8 26.42 0.207

6.0 28.27 0.222

Calibrated

Appendix 2, GOST 1) 7417-75

Diameter,

mm

Tolerances,

mm Crosssection

area, mm2 © Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

6.1

h9

- 0.036

h10

- 0.058

h11

- 0.090

h12

- 0.150

Weight per

1 meter, kg

29.22 0.229

6.3 31.17 0.245

6.5 33.17 0.260

6.7 35.26 0.227

6.9 37.39 0.294

7.0 38.48 0.302

7.1 39.59 0.311

7.3 41.85 0.329

7.5 44.18 0.347

7.7 46.57 0.366

7.8 47.78 0.375

8.0 50.27 0.395

8.2 52.81 0.415

8.5 56.75 0.445

8.8 60.82 0.477

9.0 63.62 0.500

9.2 66.48 0.522

9.3 67.93 0.533

9.5 70.88 0.556

9.8 75.43 0.592

10.0 78.54 0.616

Appendix 2 continues on the next page

213


Diameter,

mm

10.2

Tolerances,

mm Crosssection

area, mm2 h9

- 0.043

h10

- 0.070

h11

- 0.110

h12

- 0.180

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

APPENDIX 2, DIAMETER TOLERANCES OF COLD-DRAWN BARS

Cont. appendix 2

Weight per

1 meter, kg

81.27 0.641

10.5 86.59 0.680

10.8 91.61 0.719

11.0 95.03 0.746

11.2 98.52 0.773

11.5 103.90 0.815

11.8 109.36 0.858

12.0 113.10 0.890

12.2 116.90 0.918

12.5 122.72 0.963

12.8 128.68 1.010

13.0 132.70 1.042

13.2 136.85 1.074

13.5 143.14 1.124

13.8 149.57 1.174

14.0 153.90 1.208

14.2 158.37 1.243

14.5 165.13 1.296

14.8 172.03 1.350

15.0 176.70 1.387

15.2 181.50 1.42

15.5 188.7 1.48

15.8 196.1 1.54

16.0 201.1 1.58

16.2 206.1 1.62

16.5 213.8 1.68

16.8 221.7 1.74

17.0 227.0 1.78

17.2 232.3 1.82

17.5 240.5 1.89

17.6 243.2 1.91

17.8 248.8 1.95

18.0 254.5 2.00

Diameter,

mm

Tolerances,

mm Crosssection

area, mm2 Calibrated

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

18.5

h9

- 0.052

h10

- 0.084

h11

- 0.130

h12

- 0.210

Weight per

1 meter, kg

268.8 2.11

19.0 283.5 2.23

19.5 289.6 2.34

20.0 314.2 2.47

20.5 330.1 2.59

21.0 346.4 2.72

21.5 363.1 2.85

22.0 380.1 2.98

23.0 415.5 3.26

24.0 452.4 3.55

25.0 490.9 3.85

26.0 530.9 4.17

27.0 572.6 4.49

28.0 615.7 4.83

29.0 660.5 5.18

30.0 706.9 5.55

Appendix 2 continues on the next page

214


Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

APPENDIX 2, DIAMETER TOLERANCES OF COLD-DRAWN BARS

Diameter,

mm

Tolerances,

mm Crosssection

area, mm2 Calibrated

Weight per

1 meter, kg

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

31.0

h9

- 0.062

h10

- 0.100

h11

- 0.160

h12

- 0.250

754.8 5.93

32.0 804.2 6.13

33.0 855.3 6.71

34.0 907.9 7.13

35.0 962.1 7.55

36.0 1018 7.99

37.0 1075 8.44

38.0 1134 8.90

39.0 1195 9.38

40.0 1257 9.86

41.0 1320 10.36

42.0 13.85 10.87

44.0 15.21 11.94

45.0 1590 12.48

46.0 1662 13.05

48.0 1810 14.21

49.0 1886 14.80

50.0 1963 15.41

52.0

- 0.074

- 0.120

- 0.190

- 0.300

Cont. appendix 2

2124 16.67

53.0 2206 17.32

55.0 2376 18.65

56.0 2463 19.33

58.0 2642 20.74

60.0 2827 22.19

61.0 2922 22.94

62.0 3019 23.70

63.0 3117 24.47

65.0 3317 26.04

215


1) GOST = Russian State Standard

APPENDIX 3, SURFACE QUALITY OF DRAWN BARS WITH SPECIAL SURFACE FINISHING

Surface quality of drawn bars with special surface finishing

Surface

finish group

Surface finish

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Calibrated

Appendix 3, GOST 1) 14975-77

Surface roughness

in accordance with

GOST 2789-73 Type of permissible

Parameter

Ra, micron,

max

Basic

length, mm

B h9, h10, h11 1.25 0.8

C h9, h10, h11 2.5 0.8

D h9, h10, h11, h12 – –

surface defects

No defects

allowed

Specific defects of

mechanical origin

Specific defects of

mechanical origin

Maximum depth of

permissible defects

No defects allowed

1/2 of tolerance, mm

Equal to tolerance, mm

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

216


APPENDIX 4, DIAMETER TOLERANCES OF DRAWN BARS WITH SPECIAL SURFACE FINISHING

1) GOST = Russian State Standard

Severstal-metiz, Product Catalogue

Calibrated

Appendix 4, GOST 1) 14955-77

Diameter tolerances of drawn bars with special surface finishing

Diameter, mm

Diameter tolerances

h10 h11 h12

7.00 – 10.00 - 0.058 - 0.090 - 0.150

10.25 – 11.00 - 0.070 - 0.110 - 0.180

11.25 – 18.00 - 0.070 - 0.110 - 0.180

18.50 – 24.00 - 0.084 - 0.130 - 0.210

25.00 – 30.00 - 0.084 - 0.130 - 0.210

31.00 – 50.00 - 0.100 - 0.160 - 0.250

© Severstal-metiz, 2006. © Anordica AB, 2006. Illustrations/photos are just examples. The package design can be different depending on technical specifications and customer order. April 2006, EN3

217

More magazines by this user
Similar magazines